US20230104647A1 - Methods and processes for the preparation of kdm1a inhibitors - Google Patents
Methods and processes for the preparation of kdm1a inhibitors Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20230104647A1 US20230104647A1 US17/807,061 US202217807061A US2023104647A1 US 20230104647 A1 US20230104647 A1 US 20230104647A1 US 202217807061 A US202217807061 A US 202217807061A US 2023104647 A1 US2023104647 A1 US 2023104647A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- formula
- certain embodiments
- mixture
- nitrogen
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 63
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 title claims description 6
- 229940123628 Lysine (K)-specific demethylase 1A inhibitor Drugs 0.000 title 1
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 290
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 92
- -1 cyano, amino Chemical group 0.000 claims description 82
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 78
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 76
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Chemical compound CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 59
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 53
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 53
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 48
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 47
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 44
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 43
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 33
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 31
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 29
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 27
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- MAVFZVIXRJWFKM-NDEPHWFRSA-N O-dodecyl (4S)-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxo-4-[[4-(triazol-1-yl)benzoyl]amino]pentanethioate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=S)CC[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(C=C1)N1C=CN=N1)C(=O)N1CCN(C)CC1 MAVFZVIXRJWFKM-NDEPHWFRSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- WNAHIZMDSQCWRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecane-1-thiol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCS WNAHIZMDSQCWRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 abstract description 57
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 43
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 40
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 abstract description 38
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 38
- 238000006268 reductive amination reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 19
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 8
- HTJDQJBWANPRPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopropylamine Chemical class NC1CC1 HTJDQJBWANPRPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract 1
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 293
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 244
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 183
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 156
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 151
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 123
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 120
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 116
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 116
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 87
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 84
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical group CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 82
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 77
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 70
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 65
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 61
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 56
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 52
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 49
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 48
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 47
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylmorpholine Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 44
- 239000012065 filter cake Substances 0.000 description 38
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 38
- JMMWKPVZQRWMSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropanol acetate Natural products CC(C)OC(C)=O JMMWKPVZQRWMSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 229940011051 isopropyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 36
- GWYFCOCPABKNJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N isovaleric acid Chemical compound CC(C)CC(O)=O GWYFCOCPABKNJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 33
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 32
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 30
- AQRLNPVMDITEJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylsilane Chemical group CC[SiH](CC)CC AQRLNPVMDITEJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 28
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 27
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 27
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 26
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 24
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 22
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 22
- 229960000583 acetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 20
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 20
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 19
- 239000012362 glacial acetic acid Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 19
- 229910004373 HOAc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 18
- 229940125898 compound 5 Drugs 0.000 description 18
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfolane Chemical compound O=S1(=O)CCCC1 HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 17
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 16
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 15
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 15
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 14
- 102000002322 Egg Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 108010000912 Egg Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 210000003278 egg shell Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 14
- ICGJZVLTJRILGT-INIZCTEOSA-N (4S)-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxo-4-[[4-(triazol-1-yl)benzoyl]amino]pentanoic acid Chemical compound CN1CCN(CC1)C([C@H](CCC(=O)O)NC(=O)C1=CC=C(C=C1)N1N=NC=C1)=O ICGJZVLTJRILGT-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 12
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 description 12
- GTYFDGYGRFJTKJ-DTWKUNHWSA-N (1r,2s)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropan-1-amine Chemical compound N[C@@H]1C[C@H]1C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 GTYFDGYGRFJTKJ-DTWKUNHWSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 11
- YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(ii) acetate Chemical group [Pd+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 11
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 10
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 10
- 150000003840 hydrochlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- JVSFQJZRHXAUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropanoyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(Cl)=O JVSFQJZRHXAUGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 9
- XZXNFYLOVJBFOX-KRWDZBQOSA-N methyl (4S)-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxo-4-[[4-(triazol-1-yl)benzoyl]amino]pentanoate Chemical compound COC(=O)CC[C@H](NC(=O)C1=CC=C(C=C1)N1C=CN=N1)C(=O)N1CCN(C)CC1 XZXNFYLOVJBFOX-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- JMTMSDXUXJISAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-benzotriazol-4-ol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC2=C1N=NN2 JMTMSDXUXJISAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000004704 ultra performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 8
- BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silane Chemical compound [SiH4] BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 7
- XLBKTIIGTMUPAP-LBPRGKRZSA-N methyl (4S)-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]-5-oxopentanoate Chemical compound COC(=O)CC[C@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(=O)N1CCN(C)CC1 XLBKTIIGTMUPAP-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 7
- KJIFKLIQANRMOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxidanium;4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound O.CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 KJIFKLIQANRMOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- WXHIJDCHNDBCNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium dihydride Chemical group [PdH2] WXHIJDCHNDBCNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101001050886 Homo sapiens Lysine-specific histone demethylase 1A Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102100024985 Lysine-specific histone demethylase 1A Human genes 0.000 description 6
- LIJLMVSVAIZKQS-KRWDZBQOSA-N N-[(2S)-1-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-1,5-dioxopentan-2-yl]-4-(triazol-1-yl)benzamide Chemical compound CN1CCN(CC1)C([C@H](CCC=O)NC(=O)C1=CC=C(C=C1)N1N=NC=C1)=O LIJLMVSVAIZKQS-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 6
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 6
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229920001684 low density polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000004702 low-density polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 6
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 5
- YYHCUFHYYGQVBC-JCOPYZAKSA-N O-dodecyl (4S)-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxo-4-[[4-(triazol-1-yl)benzoyl]amino]pentanethioate hydrochloride Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=S)CC[C@@H](C(=O)N1CCN(CC1)C)NC(=O)C2=CC=C(C=C2)N3C=CN=N3.Cl YYHCUFHYYGQVBC-JCOPYZAKSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229920001429 chelating resin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000004296 chiral HPLC Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 238000011010 flushing procedure Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 5
- OHYMUFVCRVPMEY-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-5-methoxy-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]-5-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound COC(=O)CC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C OHYMUFVCRVPMEY-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical class [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid monoamide Natural products NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012045 crude solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 4
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 4
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 3
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000005605 benzo group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003610 charcoal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 3
- 238000004817 gas chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- NCMABPDHMDPJFL-VIFPVBQESA-N methyl (4S)-4-amino-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxopentanoate Chemical compound N[C@@H](CCC(=O)OC)C(=O)N1CCN(CC1)C NCMABPDHMDPJFL-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 125000001820 oxy group Chemical group [*:1]O[*:2] 0.000 description 3
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000012321 sodium triacetoxyborohydride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 3
- 125000004149 thio group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 3
- SHAHPWSYJFYMRX-GDLCADMTSA-N (2S)-2-(4-{[(1R,2S)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]methyl}phenyl)propanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC([C@@H](C(O)=O)C)=CC=C1C[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)CCC1 SHAHPWSYJFYMRX-GDLCADMTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PVOAHINGSUIXLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Methylpiperazine Chemical compound CN1CCNCC1 PVOAHINGSUIXLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PAMIQIKDUOTOBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylpiperidine Chemical compound CN1CCCCC1 PAMIQIKDUOTOBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WXTMDXOMEHJXQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=CC=C1O WXTMDXOMEHJXQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NEAQRZUHTPSBBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3,3-dimethyl-7-nitro-4h-isoquinolin-1-one Chemical compound C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C2C(=O)N(O)C(C)(C)CC2=C1 NEAQRZUHTPSBBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YEDUAINPPJYDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxybenzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(O)=NC2=C1 YEDUAINPPJYDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylamine Chemical compound CNC ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guanidine Chemical compound NC(N)=N ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylaniline Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KQKBMHGOHXOHTD-KKUQBAQOSA-N N-[(2S)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropyl]amino]-1-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(triazol-1-yl)benzamide Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(C=C1)[C@H]1[C@@H](C1)NCCC[C@@H](C(=O)N1CCN(CC1)C)NC(C1=CC=C(C=C1)N1N=NC=C1)=O KQKBMHGOHXOHTD-KKUQBAQOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000534944 Thia Species 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RHQDFWAXVIIEBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroethanol Chemical compound OCC(F)(F)F RHQDFWAXVIIEBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N adamantane Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC1CC2C3 ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005011 alkyl ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004688 alkyl sulfonyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005012 alkyl thioether group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003435 aroyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000004619 benzopyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 150000001649 bromium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000008504 concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000010779 crude oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 2
- NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N decalin Chemical compound C1CCCC2CCCCC21 NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004982 dihaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010931 ester hydrolysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004438 haloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004694 iodide salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N isethionic acid Chemical compound OCCS(O)(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006682 monohaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(2+);dihydroxide Chemical compound O[Pd]O NXJCBFBQEVOTOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 125000006340 pentafluoro ethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 2
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000006684 polyhaloalkyl group Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013557 residual solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013341 scale-up Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000012265 solid product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LSPHULWDVZXLIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-Camphoric acid Chemical compound CC1(C)C(C(O)=O)CCC1(C)C(O)=O LSPHULWDVZXLIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQPBZLHQLCAFOQ-OULXEKPRSA-N (1r,2s)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropan-1-amine;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.N[C@@H]1C[C@H]1C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 ZQPBZLHQLCAFOQ-OULXEKPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSSYKIVIOFKYAU-XCBNKYQSSA-N (R)-camphor Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(C)C(=O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DSSYKIVIOFKYAU-XCBNKYQSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-ZETCQYMHSA-N (S)-mandelic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- POPHMOPNVVKGRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphthalene Chemical compound C1CCC2CCCCC2=C1 POPHMOPNVVKGRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005871 1,3-benzodioxolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IGERFAHWSHDDHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxanyl Chemical group [CH]1OCCCO1 IGERFAHWSHDDHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JPRPJUMQRZTTED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxolanyl Chemical group [CH]1OCCO1 JPRPJUMQRZTTED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005940 1,4-dioxanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VFWCMGCRMGJXDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chlorobutane Chemical class CCCCCl VFWCMGCRMGJXDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXFQSRIDYRFTJW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(C)=C1 LXFQSRIDYRFTJW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940080296 2-naphthalenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WMPPDTMATNBGJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethylbromide Chemical class BrCCC1=CC=CC=C1 WMPPDTMATNBGJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JTHKCLWGWCRWRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(triazol-1-yl)benzoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)O)=CC=C1N1N=NC=C1 JTHKCLWGWCRWRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-VKHMYHEASA-N 5-oxo-L-proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCC(=O)N1 ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-{[2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(phosphanyloxy)oxan-3-yl]oxy}-4,5-dihydroxy-3-phosphanyloxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(O)=O)C(P)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(C(O)=O)OC(OP)C(O)C1O FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M Butyrate Chemical compound CCCC([O-])=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Natural products CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 208000031229 Cardiomyopathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000723346 Cinnamomum camphora Species 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 241000694440 Colpidium aqueous Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000012437 Copper-Transporting ATPases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101100439675 Cucumis sativus CHRC gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VVNCNSJFMMFHPL-VKHMYHEASA-N D-penicillamine Chemical group CC(C)(S)[C@@H](N)C(O)=O VVNCNSJFMMFHPL-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWLUMTFWVZZZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dibenzylamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCC1=CC=CC=C1 BWLUMTFWVZZZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexylamine Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Glycolate Chemical compound OCC([O-])=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000002972 Hepatolenticular Degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000615488 Homo sapiens Methyl-CpG-binding domain protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L L-tartrate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101710130091 Lysine-specific histone demethylase 1A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L Malonate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC([O-])=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100021299 Methyl-CpG-binding domain protein 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- QIAFMBKCNZACKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-benzoylglycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CNC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QIAFMBKCNZACKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-guanidine Natural products CNC(N)=N CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910020889 NaBH3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Niacin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019502 Orange oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000854 Oxidoreductases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004316 Oxidoreductases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pd(PPh3)4 Substances [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical compound OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N Riboflavin Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005631 S-sulfonamido group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910006069 SO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Trifluoroacetate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000018839 Wilson disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000738 acetamido group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)N([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L adipate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCCCC([O-])=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940072056 alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001118 alkylidene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-glycerophosphate Natural products OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010640 amide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005018 aryl alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002102 aryl alkyloxo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005015 aryl alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002785 azepinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002393 azetidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004069 aziridinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000043 benzamido group Chemical group [H]N([*])C(=O)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzathine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCNCC1=CC=CC=C1 JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940077388 benzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940050390 benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002047 benzodioxolyl group Chemical group O1OC(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001559 benzoic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005874 benzothiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003354 benzotriazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC2=C1C=CC=C2* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- MKCBRYIXFFGIKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane Chemical compound C1C2CC1C2 MKCBRYIXFFGIKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPCWKMYWISGVSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[3.2.1]octane Chemical compound C1C2CCC1CCC2 LPCWKMYWISGVSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000007 calcium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960000846 camphor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930008380 camphor Natural products 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1CC2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)CC1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005518 carboxamido group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001734 carboxylic acid salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007805 chemical reaction reactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004218 chloromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004617 chromonyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC(C2=CC=CC=C12)=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001143 conditioned effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000332 coumarinyl group Chemical group O1C(=O)C(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000013480 data collection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005959 diazepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002576 diazepinyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006003 dichloroethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004774 dichlorofluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(Cl)(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004772 dichloromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(Cl)(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004177 diethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006001 difluoroethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- LTVOKYUPTHZZQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N difluoromethane Chemical group F[C]F LTVOKYUPTHZZQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005433 dihydrobenzodioxinyl group Chemical group O1C(COC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001070 dihydroindolyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004611 dihydroisoindolyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005045 dihydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004655 dihydropyridinyl group Chemical group N1(CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000118 dimethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylaminoamidine Natural products CN(C)C(N)=N SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAFRWLVTHPVQGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipentyl sulfate Chemical class CCCCCOS(=O)(=O)OCCCCC GAFRWLVTHPVQGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011067 equilibration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005678 ethenylene group Chemical group [H]C([*:1])=C([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005677 ethinylene group Chemical group [*:2]C#C[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004672 ethylcarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000006125 ethylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004216 fluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004612 furopyridinyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=N2)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940114119 gentisate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC(O)=O JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000262 haloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004995 haloalkylthio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000232 haloalkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003944 halohydrins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000034737 hemoglobinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000006343 heptafluoro propyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MNWFXJYAOYHMED-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCC(O)=O MNWFXJYAOYHMED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000717 hydrazino group Chemical group [H]N([*])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000018337 inherited hemoglobinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001261 isocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004594 isoindolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005956 isoquinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001810 isothiocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=S 0.000 description 1
- 125000003965 isoxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- RIFHJAODNHLCBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanethione Chemical group S=[CH] RIFHJAODNHLCBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004674 methylcarbonyl group Chemical group CC(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002911 monocyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006578 monocyclic heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- UQEIFYRRSNJVDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dibenzyl-2-phenylethanamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CN(CC=1C=CC=CC=1)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 UQEIFYRRSNJVDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-M naphthalene-2-sulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)[O-])=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000001038 naphthoyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000001968 nicotinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011664 nicotinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000010502 orange oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical group [SiH3]* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000160 oxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L peroxydisulfate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)OOS([O-])(=O)=O JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000004934 phenanthridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC=C3C=CC=CC3=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004625 phenanthrolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=C3C=CC=NC3=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005561 phenanthryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoramidic acid Chemical compound NP(O)(O)=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003016 phosphoric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940075930 picrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-M picrate anion Chemical compound [O-]C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229950010765 pivalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pivalic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(O)=O IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- LBKJNHPKYFYCLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium;trimethyl(oxido)silane Chemical compound [K+].C[Si](C)(C)[O-] LBKJNHPKYFYCLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940043131 pyroglutamate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001422 pyrrolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000012797 qualification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N sn-glycerol 3-phosphate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008234 soft water Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CBXCPBUEXACCNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraethylammonium Chemical compound CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC CBXCPBUEXACCNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003039 tetrahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001712 tetrahydronaphthyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004853 tetrahydropyridinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000147 tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- QEMXHQIAXOOASZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylammonium Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)C QEMXHQIAXOOASZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001984 thiazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004001 thioalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002813 thiocarbonyl group Chemical group *C(*)=S 0.000 description 1
- 125000000858 thiocyanato group Chemical group *SC#N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- KJAMZCVTJDTESW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tiracizine Chemical compound C1CC2=CC=CC=C2N(C(=O)CN(C)C)C2=CC(NC(=O)OCC)=CC=C21 KJAMZCVTJDTESW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M toluene-4-sulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylamine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)CCCC IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940066528 trichloroacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl YNJBWRMUSHSURL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003866 trichloromethyl group Chemical group ClC(Cl)(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004951 trihalomethoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZDPHROOEEOARMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N undecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZDPHROOEEOARMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012795 verification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001834 xanthenyl group Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C12)* 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
- A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J21/00—Catalysts comprising the elements, oxides, or hydroxides of magnesium, boron, aluminium, carbon, silicon, titanium, zirconium, or hafnium
- B01J21/18—Carbon
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01J—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
- B01J23/00—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
- B01J23/38—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals
- B01J23/40—Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals of the platinum group metals
- B01J23/44—Palladium
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
- C07D249/04—1,2,3-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-triazoles
- C07D249/06—1,2,3-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-triazoles with aryl radicals directly attached to ring atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07B—GENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C07B2200/00—Indexing scheme relating to specific properties of organic compounds
- C07B2200/13—Crystalline forms, e.g. polymorphs
Definitions
- KDM1A also known as lysine-specific demethylase 1, LSD1, Flavin-containing Amine Oxidase Domain-Containing Protein, AOF2, BRAF35-HDAC Complex Protein BHC110, FAD-Binding Protein BRAF35-HDAC Complex
- KDM1A may alter gene expression in cells sufficient to restore their proper physiologic function or that of the tissue, organ or the patient as a whole. This may be achieved either by enhancing transcription of a gene or genes that are pathologically silenced, e.g., as is the case in some cancer cells and heritable diseases, or decreasing transcription of a gene or genes participating in the pathological state.
- inhibiting KDM1A would be useful for the treatment of diseases such as cancer and heritable diseases such as Wilson disease, cardiomyopathies, and hemoglobinopathies.
- Novel potent inhibitors of KDM1A have been described, for example, in WO 2014/164,867, WO 2015/021128, and PCT/US2016/17809.
- the compound N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl]amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide and related compounds have been described in PCT/US2016/17809, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference, as inhibitors of KDM1A with promising potential.
- the compound of Formula III exists in equilibrium with compounds of Formulas III(a-d), depicted below:
- the compound of Formula IV is Compound 7:
- the compound of Formula II is Compound 9:
- the compound of Formula III is Compound 6:
- the reductive amination conditions comprise reacting the compound of Formula II with the compound of Formula III in the presence of a borohydride reducing agent.
- the borohydride reducing agent is NaBH 4 .
- the reductive amination is carried out in a co-solvent mixture comprising an alcohol.
- the co-solvent mixture comprises methanol and tetrahydrofuran.
- the compound of Formula I is Compound 5.
- the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I utilizes a silane reducing agent.
- the silane reducing agent is triethylsilane.
- the reduction further comprises palladium on carbon.
- the reduction step further utilizes a Pd-based catalyst.
- the Pd-based catalyst is a Pd(0) catalyst.
- the Pd(0) catalyst is palladium on carbon.
- the palladium on carbon is an eggshell catalyst.
- the Pd-based catalyst is a Pd(II) catalyst.
- the compound of Formula I*HX is Compound 5*HCl.
- the coupling agent for the reaction of the compound is 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC), or a salt thereof.
- the reaction between the compound of Formula V and the compound of Formula VI further comprises 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP). In some embodiments, DMAP is present in a catalytic amount.
- m in Formula VI is 11.
- any one of the listed items can be employed by itself or in combination with any one or more of the listed items.
- the expression “A and/or B” is intended to mean either or both of A and B, i.e. A alone, B alone or A and B in combination.
- the expression “A, B and/or C” is intended to mean A alone, B alone, C alone, A and B in combination, A and C in combination, B and C in combination or A, B, and C in combination.
- n is set at 0 in the context of “0 carbon atoms”, it is intended to indicate a bond or null.
- alkylsulfonyl as used herein, means an alkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group, as defined herein.
- Representative examples of alkylsulfonyl include, but are not limited to, methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl.
- alkylsulfonylalkyl as used herein, means an alkylsulfonyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
- Representative examples of alkylsulfonylalkyl include, but are not limited to, methylsulfonylmethyl and ethylsulfonylmethyl.
- acyl refers to a carbonyl attached to an alkenyl, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or any other moiety where the atom attached to the carbonyl is carbon.
- An “acetyl” group refers to a —C(O)CH 3 group.
- An “alkylcarbonyl” or “alkanoyl” group refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group. Examples of such groups include methylcarbonyl and ethylcarbonyl. Examples of acyl groups include formyl, alkanoyl and aroyl.
- alkenyl refers to a straight-chain or branched-chain hydrocarbon group having one or more double bonds and containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkenyl will comprise from 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
- alkenylene refers to a carbon-carbon double bond system attached at two or more positions such as ethenylene [(—CH ⁇ CH—), (—C::C—)]. Examples of suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, 2-methylpropenyl, 1,4-butadienyl and the like. Unless otherwise specified, the term “alkenyl” may include “alkenylene” groups.
- alkoxy refers to an alkyl ether group, wherein the term alkyl is as defined below.
- suitable alkyl ether groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, and the like.
- alkyl refers to a straight-chain or branched-chain alkyl group containing from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkyl will comprise from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In further embodiments, said alkyl will comprise from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups may be optionally substituted as defined herein. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, iso-amyl, hexyl, octyl, noyl and the like.
- alkylene refers to a saturated aliphatic group derived from a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon attached at two or more positions, such as methylene (—CH 2 —). Unless otherwise specified, the term “alkyl” may include “alkylene” groups.
- alkylamino refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an amino group. Suitable alkylamino groups may be mono- or dialkylated, forming groups such as, for example, N-methylamino, N-ethylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N,N-ethylmethylamino and the like.
- alkylidene refers to an alkenyl group in which one carbon atom of the carbon-carbon double bond belongs to the moiety to which the alkenyl group is attached.
- alkylthio refers to an alkyl thioether (R—S—) group wherein the term alkyl is as defined above and wherein the sulfur may be singly or doubly oxidized.
- suitable alkyl thioether groups include methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, isopropylthio, n-butylthio, iso-butylthio, sec-butylthio, tert-butylthio, methanesulfonyl, ethanesulfinyl, and the like.
- alkynyl refers to a straight-chain or branched-chain hydrocarbon group having one or more triple bonds and containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkynyl comprises from 2 to 6 carbon atoms. In further embodiments, said alkynyl comprises from 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
- alkynylene refers to a carbon-carbon triple bond attached at two positions such as ethynylene (—C ⁇ C—).
- alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, hydroxypropynyl, butyn-1-yl, butyn-2-yl, pentyn-1-yl, 3-methylbutyn-1-yl, hexyn-2-yl, and the like.
- alkynyl may include “alkynylene” groups.
- acylamino as used herein, alone or in combination, embraces an acyl group attached to the parent moiety through an amino group.
- An example of an “acylamino” group is acetylamino (CH 3 C(O)NH—).
- amino refers to —NRR′, wherein R and R′ are independently chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which may themselves be optionally substituted. Additionally, R and R′ may combine to form heterocycloalkyl, either of which may be optionally substituted.
- amino acid refers to a —NHCHRC(O)O— group, which may be attached to the parent molecular moiety to give either an N-terminus or C-terminus amino acid, wherein R is independently chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, aminoalkyl, amido, amidoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, guanidinealkyl, hydroxyl, thiol, and thioalkyl, any of which themselves may be optionally substituted.
- C-terminus refers to the parent molecular moiety being bound to the amino acid at the amino group, to give an amide as described herein, with the carboxyl group unbound, resulting in a terminal carboxyl group, or the corresponding carboxylate anion.
- N-terminus refers to the parent molecular moiety being bound to the amino acid at the carboxyl group, to give an ester as described herein, with the amino group unbound resulting in a terminal secondary amine, or the corresponding ammonium cation.
- C-terminus refers to —NHCHRC(O)OH or to —NHCHRC(O)O ⁇ and N-terminus refers to H 2 NCHRC(O)O— or to H 3 N + CHRC(O)O—.
- aryl as used herein, alone or in combination, means a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one, two or three rings wherein such polycyclic ring systems are fused together.
- aryl embraces aromatic groups such as phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, and phenanthryl.
- arylalkenyl or “aralkenyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkenyl group.
- arylalkoxy or “aralkoxy,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkoxy group.
- arylalkyl or “aralkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group.
- arylalkynyl or “aralkynyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkynyl group.
- arylalkanoyl or “aralkanoyl” or “aroyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an acyl group derived from an aryl-substituted alkanecarboxylic acid such as benzoyl, naphthoyl, phenylacetyl, 3-phenylpropionyl (hydrocinnamoyl), 4-phenylbutyryl, (2-naphthyl)acetyl, 4-chlorohydrocinnamoyl, and the like.
- an aryl-substituted alkanecarboxylic acid such as benzoyl, naphthoyl, phenylacetyl, 3-phenylpropionyl (hydrocinnamoyl), 4-phenylbutyryl, (2-naphthyl)acetyl, 4-chlorohydrocinnamoyl, and the like.
- aryloxy refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxy.
- benzo and “benz,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to the divalent group C 6 H 4 ⁇ derived from benzene. Examples include benzothiophene and benzimidazole.
- biphenyl refers to two phenyl groups connected at one carbon site on each ring.
- carbamate refers to an ester of carbamic acid (—NHCOO—) which may be attached to the parent molecular moiety from either the nitrogen or acid end, and which may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
- O-carbamyl as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a —OC(O)NRR′ group, with R and R′ as defined herein.
- N-carbamyl as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a ROC(O)NR′— group, with R and R′ as defined herein.
- carbonyl when alone includes formyl [—C(O)H] and in combination is a —C(O)— group.
- carboxyl or “carboxy,” as used herein, refers to —C(O)OH or the corresponding “carboxylate” anion, such as is in a carboxylic acid salt.
- An “O-carboxy” group refers to a RC(O)O— group, where R is as defined herein.
- a “C-carboxy” group refers to a —C(O)OR groups where R is as defined herein.
- cyano as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to —CN.
- cycloalkyl or, alternatively, “carbocycle,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a saturated or partially saturated monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic alkyl group wherein each cyclic moiety contains from 3 to 12 carbon atom ring members and which may optionally be a benzo fused ring system which is optionally substituted as defined herein.
- said cycloalkyl will comprise from 5 to 7 carbon atoms.
- cycloalkyl groups examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, tetrahydronapthyl, indanyl, octahydronaphthyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-indenyl, adamantyl and the like.
- “Bicyclic” and “tricyclic” as used herein are intended to include both fused ring systems, such as decahydronaphthalene, octahydronaphthalene as well as the multicyclic (multicentered) saturated or partially unsaturated type. The latter type of isomer is exemplified in general by, bicyclo[1,1,1]pentane, camphor, adamantane, and bicyclo[3,2,1]octane.
- esters refers to a carboxy group bridging two moieties linked at carbon atoms.
- ether refers to an oxy group bridging two moieties linked at carbon atoms.
- halohydrin refers to a compound or functional group in which one carbon atom has a halogen substituent, and another carbon atom has a hydroxyl substituent, typically on adjacent carbons.
- guanidine refers to —NHC( ⁇ NH)NH 2 , or the corresponding guanidinium cation.
- halo or halogen, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
- haloalkoxy refers to a haloalkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
- haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group having the meaning as defined above wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a halogen. Specifically embraced are monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl groups.
- a monohaloalkyl group for one example, may have an iodo, bromo, chloro or fluoro atom within the group.
- Dihalo and polyhaloalkyl groups may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo groups.
- haloalkyl groups include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl.
- Haloalkylene refers to a haloalkyl group attached at two or more positions. Examples include fluoromethylene (—CFH—), difluoromethylene (—CF 2 —), chloromethylene (—CHCl—) and the like.
- heteroalkyl refers to a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon group, or combinations thereof, fully saturated or containing from 1 to 3 degrees of unsaturation, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one to three heteroatoms chosen from O, N, and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized.
- the heteroatom(s) O, N and S may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, —CH 2 —NH—OCH 3 .
- heteroaryl refers to a 3 to 7 membered unsaturated heteromonocyclic ring, or a fused monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring system in which at least one of the fused rings is aromatic, which contains at least one atom chosen from O, S, and N. In certain embodiments, said heteroaryl will comprise from 5 to 7 carbon atoms.
- the term also embraces fused polycyclic groups wherein heterocyclic rings are fused with aryl rings, wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with other heteroaryl rings, wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with heterocycloalkyl rings, or wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with cycloalkyl rings.
- heteroaryl groups include pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl, pyranyl, furanyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzopyranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, chromonyl
- Exemplary tricyclic heterocyclic groups include carbazolyl, benzidolyl, phenanthrolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, acridinyl, phenanthridinyl, xanthenyl and the like.
- heteroarylalkyl as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to alkyl groups as defined above having a heteroaryl substituent.
- heterocycloalkyl and, interchangeably, “heterocycle,” as used herein, alone or in combination, each refer to a saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic heterocyclic group containing at least one heteroatom as a ring member, wherein each said heteroatom may be independently chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 1 to 4 heteroatoms as ring members.
- said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 1 to 2 heteroatoms as ring members.
- said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 3 to 8 ring members in each ring.
- said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 3 to 7 ring members in each ring. In yet further embodiments, said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 5 to 6 ring members in each ring.
- “Heterocycloalkyl” and “heterocycle” are intended to include sulfones, sulfoxides, N-oxides of tertiary nitrogen ring members, and carbocyclic fused and benzo fused ring systems; additionally, both terms also include systems where a heterocycle ring is fused to an aryl group, as defined herein, or an additional heterocycle group.
- heterocycle groups include aziridinyl, azetidinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, dihydroisoindolyl, dihydroisoquinolinyl, dihydrocinnolinyl, dihydrobenzodioxinyl, dihydro[1,3]oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, benzothiazolyl, dihydroindolyl, dihy-dropyridinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, imidazolidinyl, isoindolinyl, morpholinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, methylpiperazinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl,
- hydrazinyl as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to two amino groups joined by a single bond, i.e., —N—N—.
- hydroxyalkyl refers to a hydroxy group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group.
- hydroxamic acid refers to —C( ⁇ O)NHOH, wherein the parent molecular moiety is attached to the hydroxamic acid group by means of the carbon atom.
- amino as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to ⁇ N—.
- aminohydroxy refers to ⁇ N(OH) and ⁇ N—O—.
- the phrase “in the main chain” refers to the longest contiguous or adjacent chain of carbon atoms starting at the point of attachment of a group to the compounds of any one of the formulas disclosed herein.
- isocyanato refers to a —NCO group.
- isothiocyanato refers to a —NCS group.
- linear chain of atoms refers to the longest straight chain of atoms independently selected from carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
- lower means containing from 1 to and including 6 carbon atoms.
- lower aryl as used herein, alone or in combination, means phenyl or naphthyl, which may be optionally substituted as provided.
- lower heteroaryl means either 1) monocyclic heteroaryl comprising five or six ring members, of which between one and four said members may be heteroatoms chosen from O, S, and N, or 2) bicyclic heteroaryl, wherein each of the fused rings comprises five or six ring members, comprising between them one to four heteroatoms chosen from O, S, and N.
- lower cycloalkyl means a monocyclic cycloalkyl having between three and six ring members. Lower cycloalkyls may be unsaturated. Examples of lower cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
- lower heterocycloalkyl means a monocyclic heterocycloalkyl having between three and six ring members, of which between one and four may be heteroatoms chosen from O, S, and N.
- Examples of lower heterocycloalkyls include pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, and morpholinyl.
- Lower heterocycloalkyls may be unsaturated.
- lower amino refers to —NRR′, wherein R and R are independently chosen from hydrogen, lower alkyl, and lower heteroalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted. Additionally, the R and R′ of a lower amino group may combine to form a five- or six-membered heterocycloalkyl, either of which may be optionally substituted.
- mercaptyl as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an RS-group, where R is as defined herein.
- nitro refers to —NO 2 .
- oxy or “oxa,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to —O—.
- perhaloalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group where all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms.
- perhaloalkyl refers to an alkyl group where all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms.
- phosphonate refers to a —P( ⁇ O)(OR) 2 group, wherein R is chosen from alkyl and aryl.
- phosphonic acid refers to a —P( ⁇ OXOH) 2 group.
- phosphoramide as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a —P( ⁇ O)(NR) 3 group, with R as defined herein.
- sulfonate refers to the —SO 3 H group and its anion as the sulfonic acid is used in salt formation.
- sulfonyl as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to —S(O) 2 —.
- N-sulfonamido refers to a RS( ⁇ O) 2 NR′— group with R and R′ as defined herein.
- S-sulfonamido refers to a —S( ⁇ O) 2 NRR′, group, with R and R′ as defined herein.
- thia and thio refer to a —S— group or an ether wherein the oxygen is replaced with sulfur.
- the oxidized derivatives of the thio group namely sulfinyl and sulfonyl, are included in the definition of thia and thio.
- thiol as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an —SH group.
- thiocarbonyl when alone includes thioformyl —C(S)H and in combination is a —C(S)— group.
- N-thiocarbamyl refers to an ROC(S)NR′— group, with R and R′ as defined herein.
- O-thiocarbamyl refers to a —OC(S)NRR′, group with R and R′ as defined herein.
- thiocyanato refers to a —CNS group.
- trihalomethoxy refers to a X 3 CO— group where X is a halogen.
- any definition herein may be used in combination with any other definition to describe a composite structural group.
- the trailing element of any such definition is that which attaches to the parent moiety.
- the composite group alkylamido would represent an alkyl group attached to the parent molecule through an amido group
- the term alkoxyalkyl would represent an alkoxy group attached to the parent molecule through an alkyl group.
- n When a group is defined to be “null,” what is meant is that said group is absent. Similarly, when a designation such as “n” which may be chosen from a group or range of integers is designated to be 0, then the group which it designates is either absent, if in a terminal position, or condenses to form a bond, if it falls between two other groups.
- the term “optionally substituted” means the anteceding group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
- the substituents of an “optionally substituted” group may include, without limitation, one or more substituents independently selected from the following groups or a particular designated set of groups, alone or in combination: lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower alkanoyl, lower heteroalkyl, lower heterocycloalkyl, lower haloalkyl, lower haloalkenyl, lower haloalkynyl, lower perhaloalkyl, lower perhaloalkoxy, lower cycloalkyl, phenyl, aryl, aryloxy, lower alkoxy, lower haloalkoxy, oxo, lower acyloxy, carbonyl, carboxyl, lower alkylcarbonyl, lower carboxyester, lower carboxamido, cyano, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino
- Two substituents may be joined together to form a fused five-, six-, or seven-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring consisting of zero to three heteroatoms, for example forming methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy.
- An optionally substituted group may be unsubstituted (e.g., —CH 2 CH 3 ), fully substituted (e.g., —CF 2 CF 3 ), monosubstituted (e.g., —CH 2 CH 2 F) or substituted at a level anywhere in-between fully substituted and monosubstituted (e.g., —CH 2 CF 3 ).
- R or the term R′ refers to a moiety chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted.
- aryl, heterocycle, R, etc. occur more than one time in a formula or generic structure, its definition at each occurrence is independent of the definition at every other occurrence.
- certain groups may be attached to a parent molecule or may occupy a position in a chain of elements from either end as written.
- an unsymmetrical group such as —C(O)N(R)— may be attached to the parent moiety at either the carbon or the nitrogen.
- Asymmetric centers exist in the compounds disclosed herein. These centers are designated according to the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog priority rules by the symbols “R” or “S,” depending on the configuration of substituents around the chiral carbon atom. It should be understood that the invention encompasses all stereochemical isomeric forms, including diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms, as well as d-isomers and 1-isomers, and mixtures thereof.
- Individual stereoisomers of compounds can be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials which contain chiral centers or by preparation of mixtures of enantiomeric products followed by separation such as conversion to a mixture of diastereomers followed by separation or recrystallization, chromatographic techniques, direct separation of enantiomers on chiral chromatographic columns, or any other appropriate method known in the art.
- Starting compounds of particular stereochemistry are either commercially available or can be made and resolved by techniques known in the art.
- the compounds disclosed herein may exist as geometric isomers.
- the present invention includes all cis, trans, syn, anti,
- compounds may exist as tautomers; all tautomeric isomers are provided by this invention. Additionally, the compounds disclosed herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms.
- bonds refers to a covalent linkage between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the bond are considered to be part of larger substructure.
- a bond may be single, double, or triple unless otherwise specified.
- a dashed line between two atoms in a drawing of a molecule indicates that an additional bond may be present or absent at that position.
- disease as used herein is intended to be generally synonymous, and is used interchangeably with, the terms “disorder” and “condition” (as in medical condition), in that all reflect an abnormal condition of the human or animal body or of one of its parts that impairs normal functioning, is typically manifested by distinguishing signs and symptoms, and causes the human or animal to have a reduced duration or quality of life.
- the compounds disclosed herein can exist as therapeutically acceptable salts.
- the present invention includes compounds listed above in the form of salts, including acid addition salts. Suitable salts include those formed with both organic and inorganic acids. Such acid addition salts will normally be pharmaceutically acceptable. However, salts of non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be of utility in the preparation and purification of the compound in question. Basic addition salts may also be formed and be pharmaceutically acceptable.
- Pharmaceutical Salts Properties, Selection, and Use (Stahl, P. Heinrich. Wiley-VCHA, Zurich, Switzerland, 2002).
- terapéuticaally acceptable salt represents salts or zwitterionic forms of the compounds disclosed herein which are water or oil-soluble or dispersible and therapeutically acceptable as defined herein.
- the salts can be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds or separately by reacting the appropriate compound in the form of the free base with a suitable acid.
- Representative acid addition salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, L-ascorbate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate (besylate), bisulfate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, digluconate, formate, fumarate, gentisate, glutarate, glycerophosphate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hippurate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethansulfonate (isethionate), lactate, maleate, malonate, DL-mandelate, mesitylenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, naphthylenesulfonate, nicotinate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenyl
- basic groups in the compounds disclosed herein can be quaternized with methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides, and iodides; dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates; decyl, lauryl, myristyl, and steryl chlorides, bromides, and iodides; and benzyl and phenethyl bromides.
- acids which can be employed to form therapeutically acceptable addition salts include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, and phosphoric, and organic acids such as oxalic, maleic, succinic, and citric. Salts can also be formed by coordination of the compounds with an alkali metal or alkaline earth ion.
- the present invention contemplates sodium, potassium, magnesium, and calcium salts of the compounds disclosed herein, and the like.
- Basic addition salts can be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds by reaction of a carboxy group with a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a metal cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary, or tertiary amine.
- a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a metal cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary, or tertiary amine.
- the cations of therapeutically acceptable salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum, as well as nontoxic quaternary amine cations such as ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, diethylamine, ethylamine, tributylamine, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylmorpholine, dicyclohexylamine, procaine, dibenzylamine, N,N-dibenzylphenethylamine, 1-ephenamine, and N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine.
- Other representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperidine, and piperazine.
- a salt of a compound can be made by reaction of the appropriate compound, in the form of the free base, with the appropriate acid.
- the compounds disclosed herein can exist as polymorphs and other distinct solid forms such as solvates, hydrates, and the like.
- a compound may be a polymorph, solvate, or hydrate of a salt or of the free base or acid.
- the present disclosure provides methods for synthesizing N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl] amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide and related compounds.
- n 1
- R 1 and R 2 are taken together to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R 6 groups.
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is chosen from:
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is:
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R 6 groups chosen from alkyl and oxo.
- R 5 is phenyl, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R 6 groups.
- R 5 is:
- R 6b is chosen from halogen and alkoxy.
- R 6b is chosen from fluoro and methoxy.
- R 6b is fluoro
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl.
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of:
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with
- the compound of Formula IV is Compound 7:
- the compound of Formula II is Compound 9:
- the compound of Formula III is Compound 6:
- the reductive amination conditions that may be used in the present invention are known to those of skill in the art of organic synthesis. Examples of such reaction conditions may be found, by way of non-limiting example, in: M. Taibakhsh, R. Hosseinzadeh, H. Alinezhad, S. Ghahari, A. Heydari, S. Khaksar, Synthesis, 2011, 490-496; A. F. Abdel-Magid, K. G. Carson, B. D. Harris, C. A. Maryanoff, R. D. Shah, J. Org. Chem., 1996, 61, 3849-3862; and O. S. Nayal, V. Bhatt, S. Sharma, N. Kumar, J. Org.
- the reductive amination conditions comprise reacting the compound of Formula II with the compound of Formula III in the presence of a borohydride reducing agent.
- the borohydride reducing agent is NaBH 4 .
- the borohydride reducing agent is NaBH(OAc) 3 .
- the reductive amination is performed in a solvent selected from a lower carbinol, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, and acetonitrile.
- the reductive amination is performed in a solvent comprising a lower carbinol.
- the lower carbinol is methanol.
- the lower carbinol is part of a co-solvent mixture.
- the co-solvent mixture comprises methanol and tetrahydrofuran. In some embodiments, the co-solvent mixture consists of a 2:1 (v:v) mixture of methanol and tetrahydrofuran.
- NaBH 4 is added to a mixture of Compound ⁇ and Compound 9 in a mixture of methanol and tetrahydrofuran which has been cooled to ⁇ 5 ⁇ 5° C.
- NaBH 4 is added to a mixture of Compound ⁇ and Compound 9 in a mixture of methanol and tetrahydrofuran which has been cooled to ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5° C.
- the NaBH 4 is added in portions while maintaining the reaction mixture temperature at less than 22° C.
- the NaBH 4 is added in at least 5 portions spaced at least 15 minutes apart.
- reaction mixture is stirred at 20 ⁇ 5° C. following completion of the addition of NaBH 4 in portions.
- reaction mixture is stirred at 20 ⁇ 5° C. for at least 1 hour.
- reaction mixture is stirred at 20 ⁇ 5° C. for at least 3 hours.
- the reductive amination further comprises the steps of:
- the HPLC method used to determine the area % of Compound 7 in the reductive amination reaction mixture is Test Method TM.04762, as disclosed herein.
- n 1
- m is 11.
- R 1 and R 2 are taken together to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R 6 groups.
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is chosen from:
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is:
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R 6 groups chosen from alkyl and oxo.
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl.
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of:
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with
- the compound of Formula I is Compound 5.
- the reduction conditions that may be used in the present invention to reduce thioesters of Formula I to aldehydes of Formula III are known to those of skill in the art of organic synthesis. Examples of such reaction conditions may be found, by way of non-limiting example, in: T. Fukuyma, H. Tokuyama, Aldrichimica Acta 2004, 37, 87.
- the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I utilizes a silane reducing agent.
- the silane reducing agent is triethylsilane. In some embodiments, 4.0 equivalents of triethylsilane, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used.
- the reduction further comprises palladium on carbon.
- the reduction may be carried out as described by Fukuyama et al.: H. Tokuyama, S. Yokoshima, S.-C. Lin, L. Li, T. Fukuyama, Synthesis, 2002, 1121-1123.
- the reduction further comprises a Pd(0) catalyst.
- the Pd(0) catalyst is palladium on carbon.
- the palladium on carbon is anhydrous.
- about 2.5% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I is used.
- about 5% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I is used.
- about 7.5% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I is used.
- about 10% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I is used.
- the palladium on carbon is an eggshell catalyst. In some embodiments, the palladium on carbon is an unreduced eggshell catalyst. In some embodiments, the palladium on carbon is a completely reduced eggshell catalyst. In some embodiments, about 5% (w/w) of eggshell catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used. In some embodiments, about 10% (w/w) of eggshell catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used.
- the reduction further comprises a Pd(II) catalyst.
- the Pd(II) catalyst is Pd(OH) 2 .
- the Pd(II) catalyst is Pd(OAc) 2 .
- the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I is carried out in a solvent selected from glacial acetic acid, tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, and acetone. In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I is carried out in a co-solvent mixture of glacial acetic acid and tetrahydrofuran.
- the reduction step further utilizes glacial acetic acid.
- at least 0.5 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to I*HX is used.
- at least 1.0 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to I*HX is used.
- at least 1.1 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to I*HX is used.
- at least 1.2 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to I*HX is used.
- the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I comprises adding triethylsilane to a mixture of Compound 5 and palladium on carbon in tetrahydrofuran and glacial acetic acid.
- the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I comprises adding triethylsilane to a mixture of Compound 5 and palladium on carbon in tetrahydrofuran and glacial acetic acid, wherein said mixture has been cooled to 5 ⁇ 5° C.
- the triethylsilane is added over at least 30 minutes.
- the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I further comprises allowing the reaction mixture to warm to about 20° C. over about 1.5 hours following the addition of triethylsilane.
- the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I further comprises stirring the reaction mixture at 15 ⁇ 5° C. for at least 3 hrs.
- the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I further comprises the steps of:
- the HPLC method used to determine the area % of Compound 5 in the reaction mixture is Test Method TM.04760, as disclosed herein.
- III is obtained as a solid.
- solid III is obtained from a solvent comprising one or more of: EtOAc, MTBE, and heptane.
- solid III is obtained from a solvent consisting of EtOAc, MTBE, and heptane.
- solid III is obtained by adding a solution of III in EtOAc to a mixture of MTBE and heptane.
- solid III is obtained by adding a solution of III in EtOAc to a 1:1 (v:v) mixture of MTBE and heptane.
- the free base step is performed in a solvent mixture comprising MTBE and H 2 O.
- Na 2 CO 3 is used in the free base step.
- free base I is obtained as a solid.
- free base I is obtained as a solid by addition of n-heptane to a solution of free base I in MTBE and H 2 O.
- solid free base I is washed with n-heptane.
- the compound of Formula I*HX is Compound 5*HCl.
- R 1 and R 2 are taken together to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R 6 groups.
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is chosen from:
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is:
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R 6 groups chosen from alkyl and oxo.
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl.
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of:
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with
- n 1
- m is 11.
- Coupling agents for condensing carboxylate groups with amines, alcohols and thiols to provide amides, esters and thioesters are well known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis. Examples may be found in: Montalbetti and Falque, Tetrahedron 2005, 61, 10827-10852; T. M. Vishwanatha, M. Samarasimhareddy, V. V. Sureshbabu, Synlett, 2012, 23, 89-92; B. Neises, W. Steglich, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 1978, 17, 522-524, and elsewhere.
- the coupling agent for the reaction of the compound is 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDCI), or a salt thereof.
- the coupling agent is the hydrochloride salt of EDCI.
- at most 1.5 equivalents of EDCI, relative to V is used.
- at most 1.2 equivalents of EDCI, relative to V is used.
- at most 1.1 equivalents of EDCI, relative to V is used.
- the reaction between the compound of Formula V and the compound of Formula VI further comprises 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP).
- DMAP is present in a catalytic amount. In some embodiments, at most 0.2 equivalents of DMAP, relative to V, is used. In some embodiments, at most 0.1 equivalents of DMAP, relative to V, is used. In some embodiments, at most 0.05 equivalents of DMAP, relative to V, is used.
- the reaction between the compound of Formula V and the compound of Formula VI is carried out in a halogenated aliphatic solvent. In some embodiments, the reaction is carried out in DCM.
- the thioester formation step is followed directly by the salt formation step. In certain embodiments, the thioester of Formula I formed in the thioester formation step is carried directly to the salt formation step without isolation of the thioester of Formula I.
- the thioester formation step is performed in solution. In some embodiments, the thioester formation step is performed in DCM solution. In some embodiments, the solution is reduced in volume before the salt formation step.
- the salt formation step is performed in a solvent comprising one or more of: ethanol and acetonitrile. In some embodiments, the salt formation step is performed in a solvent consisting of ethanol and acetonitrile.
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring comprises a basic nitrogen.
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring is piperidine, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R 6 groups.
- m in Formula VI is 11.
- the acid HX is a mineral acid.
- the mineral acid is HCl. In some embodiments, the mineral acid is added to the reaction mixture as an ethanolic solution.
- I*HX is a solid.
- I*HX is obtained from the reaction mixture by filtration. In some embodiments, the solid I*HX is washed with acetonitrile.
- Rx is methyl
- Monovalent nitrogen protecting groups suitable for use as P in the present invention are well known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis, and are described for example in T. W. Green, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis , Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1999, pp. 503-507, 518-525, 531-537, 550-558, 564-566, 579-580, 583-584, 586-590, 604-607, 736-747, and elsewhere.
- P is tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc).
- R 1 and R 2 are taken together to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R 6 groups.
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is chosen from:
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is:
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R 6 groups chosen from alkyl and oxo.
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl.
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of:
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with
- the reaction of a carboxylic acid of Formula VII with a heterocycle of Formula VIII is performed by first treating the compound of Formula VII with 4-methylmorpholine and pivaloyl chloride in a solvent.
- 4-methylmorpholine and pivaloyl chloride are present in equimolar amounts relative to the compound of Formula VII.
- the solvent is IPA. In certain embodiments, IPA is used in the amount of 10 volumes relative to the compound of Formula VII.
- the mixture of the compound of Formula VII, pivaloyl chloride, and 4-methylmorpholine is stirred in IPA for 2 hrs at ⁇ 5-5° C. before adding the heterocycle of Formula VIII.
- the mixture of the compound of Formula VII, pivaloyl chloride, 4-methylmorpholine, and heterocycle of Formula VIII in IPA is stirred at 0-5° C. for 1 hour before quenching with aqueous 5% NaHCO 3 .
- Removal of the nitrogen protecting group may be done using reaction condition appropriate for the particular protecting group.
- reaction condition appropriate for the particular protecting group are known to those of skill in the art of organic synthesis, and may be found for example in the cited pages from Green et al., cited previously herein.
- the removal of the nitrogen protecting group from the compound of Formula IX is done under acidic conditions.
- the acidic conditions comprise adding 1.5 M HCl in ethyl acetate (EtOAc) to an EtOAc solution of the compound of Formula IX.
- the EtOAc solution of the compound of Formula IX is cooled to 0-5° C. before adding 1.5 M HCl in ethyl acetate (EtOAc).
- EtOAc ethyl acetate
- the reaction mixture is stirred for at least 12 hours after adding the HCl solution.
- HCl gas is passed through the reaction mixture to complete the removal of the nitrogen protecting group.
- the removal of the nitrogen protecting group from the compound of Formula IX is done in a solvent comprising one or more of: sulfolane and dioxane.
- the solvent comprises both sulfolane and dioxane.
- the compound of formula X is obtained as a solid.
- solid compound of formula X is obtained by adding a solution of the compound into a quantity of methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE).
- MTBE methyl tert-butyl ether
- the compound of formula X is washed with MTBE.
- Coupling agents for condensing carboxylate groups with amines, alcohols and thiols to provide amides, esters and thioesters are well known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis, as noted previously. Examples of suitable reagents and methods may be found, for example, in the literature references previously cited herein. Such coupling agents and conditions may be used to couple substituted benzoic acids with compounds of Formula X to provide compounds of Formula XI.
- the reaction of the compound of Formula X with a substituted benzoic acid is performed using 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) together with hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt).
- EDC 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride
- HOBt hydroxybenzotriazole
- the coupling reaction to furnish the compound of Formula XI is performed in THF as the solvent. In certain embodiments, 13 volumes of THF are used relative to the compound of Formula X.
- the coupling reaction to furnish the compound of Formula XI is performed in DCM as the solvent. In certain embodiments, 25 volumes of DCM are used relative to the compound of Formula X.
- 4-methylmorpholine is added to the solution of the compound of Formula X in THF before adding the substituted benzoic acid. EDC and HOBt.
- 4-methylmorpholine is added to the solution of the compound of Formula X in THF and the resulting solution is cooled to below 10° C. before adding the substituted benzoic acid.
- the solution is stirred at below 10° C. for about 30 minutes.
- EDC and HOBt are added to the stirred solution at below 10° C. after adding 4-methylmorpholine and the substituted benzoic acid and stirring.
- the mixture of EDC, HOBt, substituted benzoic acid, and compound of Formula X is stirred at 10-20° C. for at least 15 hrs.
- the isolation of the compound of Formula XI comprises the steps of:
- the isolation of the compound of Formula XI comprises the steps of:
- Hydrolysis of the Rx ester moiety of the compound of Formula XI to provide the carboxylate of Formula XII may be done by standard methods for the hydrolysis of esters as are well known to those of skill in organic synthesis.
- hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done under base conditions.
- the hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI is done in a solvent comprising a lower carbinol.
- the lower carbinol is methanol.
- the solvent for the hydrolysis comprises methanol and THF.
- the hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI comprises adding 1 M NaOH aqueous solution to a solution of the compound of Formula XI in THF and methanol which has been cooled to ⁇ 10° C.
- THF and methanol are each present in the amount of about 2.2 volumes relative to the compound of Formula XI.
- 1 M NaOH aqueous solution is added to the solution of the compound of Formula XI in THF and methanol while keeping the temperature below 10° C. In some embodiments the reaction mixture is stirred for about 6 hrs below 10° C. after adding the 1 M NaOH.
- the isolation of the compound of Formula XII comprises the steps of:
- hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done in substantially anhydrous conditions.
- hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done with Me 3 SiOK.
- hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done in tetrahydrofuran.
- the compound of Formula XII is obtained as a solid. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XII is obtained from a solvent comprising one or more of: MeOH and CH 3 CN. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XII is obtained from a solvent consisting of MeOH and CH 3 CN. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XII is obtained from a solvent consisting of a 1:2 (v:v) mixture of MeOH and CH 3 CN.
- reaction mixture temperature is 25 ⁇ 5° C.
- the total volume of THF and IPA combined is about 12 volumes.
- the mixture of Compound 7 and p-toluenesulfonic acid hydrate in THF and IPA is stirred for at least 15 hours.
- the process for preparing the bis-tosylate salt (Compound 8) of N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl]amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide (Compound 7) further comprises the steps of:
- the process for preparing the bis-tosylate salt (Compound 8) of N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl]amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide (Compound 7) further comprises recrystallizing the filter cake from methanol.
- the process for preparing the bis-tosylate salt (Compound l) of N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl]amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide (Compound 7) further comprises the step of recrystallizing the filter cake from a mixture of methanol and ethyl acetate.
- the mixture of the filter cake in methanol and acetate is heated to 50 ⁇ 5° C. and stirred for at least 3 hrs.
- Certain embodiments further comprise cooling the mixture to 25 ⁇ 5° C. and stirring for at least 3 hrs before filtering.
- Rx is methyl
- the monovalent nitrogen protecting group is a carbamate protecting group.
- the carbamate protecting group is chosen from Boc, CBz, and Fmoc.
- the carbamate protecting group is Boc
- R 1 and R 2 are taken together to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R 6 groups.
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is chosen from:
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is:
- the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R 6 groups chosen from alkyl and oxo.
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl.
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of:
- R 3 is phenyl substituted with
- the reaction of a carboxylic acid of Formula VII with a heterocycle of Formula VIII is performed by first treating the compound of Formula VII with 4-methylmorpholine and pivaloyl chloride in a solvent.
- 4-methylmorpholine and pivaloyl chloride are present in equimolar amounts relative to the compound of Formula VII.
- the solvent is IPA. In certain embodiments, IPA is used in the amount of 10 volumes relative to the compound of Formula VII.
- Removal of the nitrogen protecting group may be done using reaction condition appropriate for the particular protecting group.
- reaction condition appropriate for the particular protecting group are known to those of skill in the art of organic synthesis, and may be found for example in the cited pages from Green et al., cited previously herein.
- the removal of the nitrogen protecting group from the compound of Formula IX is done under acidic conditions.
- the acidic conditions comprise adding 1.5 M HCl in ethyl acetate (EtOAc) to an EtOAc solution of the compound of Formula IX.
- the removal of the nitrogen protecting group from the compound of Formula IX is done in a solvent comprising one or more of: sulfolane and dioxane.
- the solvent comprises both sulfolane and dioxane.
- the compound of formula X is obtained as a solid.
- solid compound of formula X is obtained by adding a solution of the compound into a quantity of methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE).
- MTBE methyl tert-butyl ether
- the compound of formula X is washed with MTBE.
- the reaction of the compound of Formula X with a substituted benzoic acid is performed using 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) together with hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt).
- EDC 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride
- HOBt hydroxybenzotriazole
- the coupling reaction to furnish the compound of Formula XI is performed in THF as the solvent. In certain embodiments, 13 volumes of THF are used relative to the compound of Formula X.
- the coupling reaction to furnish the compound of Formula XI is performed in DCM as the solvent. In certain embodiments, 25 volumes of DCM are used relative to the compound of Formula X.
- 4-methylmorpholine is added to the solution of the compound of Formula X in THF before adding the substituted benzoic acid, EDC and HOBt.
- 4-methylmorpholine is added to the solution of the compound of Formula X in THF and the resulting solution is cooled to below 10° C. before adding the substituted benzoic acid.
- the solution is stirred at below 10° C. for about 30 minutes.
- EDC and HOBt are added to the stirred solution at below 10° C. after adding 4-methylmorpholine and the substituted benzoic acid and stirring.
- the mixture of EDC, HOBt, substituted benzoic acid, and compound of Formula X is stirred at 10-20° C. for at least 15 hrs.
- the isolation of the compound of Formula XI comprises the steps of:
- Hydrolysis of the Rx ester moiety of the compound of Formula XI to provide the carboxylate of Formula XII may be done by standard methods for the hydrolysis of esters as are well known to those of skill in organic synthesis.
- hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done under base conditions.
- hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done in substantially anhydrous conditions.
- hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done with Me 3 SiOK.
- hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done in tetrahydrofuran.
- the compound of Formula XII is obtained as a solid. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XII is obtained from a solvent comprising one or more of: MeOH and CH 3 CN. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XII is obtained from a solvent consisting of MeOH and CH 3 CN. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XII is obtained from a solvent consisting of a 1:2 (v:v) mixture of MeOH and CH 3 CN.
- the coupling agent for the reaction of the compound of Formula XII is 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDCI), or a salt thereof.
- the coupling agent is the hydrochloride salt of EDCI.
- at most 1.5 equivalents of EDCI, relative to XII is used.
- at most 1.2 equivalents of EDCI, relative to XII is used.
- at most 1.1 equivalents of EDCI, relative to XII is used.
- the reaction between the compound of Formula XII and the compound of Formula VI further comprises 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP).
- DMAP is present in a catalytic amount. In some embodiments, at most 0.2 equivalents of DMAP, relative to V, is used. In some embodiments, at most 0.1 equivalents of DMAP, relative to V, is used. In some embodiments, at most 0.05 equivalents of DMAP, relative to V, is used.
- the reaction between the compound of Formula XII and the compound of Formula VI is carried out in a halogenated aliphatic solvent. In some embodiments, the reaction is carried out in DCM.
- the free base step is performed in a solvent mixture comprising MTBE and H 2 O.
- Na 2 CO 3 is used in the free base step.
- free base XIII is obtained as a solid.
- free base XIII is obtained as a solid by addition of n-heptane to a solution of free base I in MTBE and H 2 O.
- solid free base XIII is washed with n-heptane.
- the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII utilizes a silane reducing agent.
- the silane reducing agent is triethylsilane. In some embodiments, 4.0 equivalents of triethylsilane, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used.
- the reduction further comprises palladium on carbon.
- the reduction may be carried out as described by Fukuyama et al.: H. Tokuyama, S. Yokoshima, S.-C. Lin, L. Li, T. Fukuyama, Synthesis, 2002, 1121-1123.
- the reduction further comprises a Pd(0) catalyst.
- the Pd(0) catalyst is palladium on carbon.
- the palladium on carbon is anhydrous.
- about 2.5% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula XIII, is used.
- about 5% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula XIII, is used.
- about 7.5% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula XIII is used.
- about 10% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula XIII is used.
- the palladium on carbon is an eggshell catalyst. In some embodiments, the palladium on carbon is an unreduced eggshell catalyst. In some embodiments, the palladium on carbon is a completely reduced eggshell catalyst. In some embodiments, about 5% (w/w) of eggshell catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used. In some embodiments, about 10% (w/w) of eggshell catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used.
- the reduction further comprises a Pd(II) catalyst.
- the Pd(II) catalyst is Pd(OH) 2 .
- the Pd(II) catalyst is Pd(OAc) 2 .
- the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII is carried out in a solvent selected from glacial acetic acid, tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, and acetone. In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII is carried out in a co-solvent mixture of glacial acetic acid and tetrahydrofuran.
- the reduction step further utilizes glacial acetic acid.
- at least 0.5 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to XIII is used.
- at least 1.0 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to XIII is used.
- at least 1.1 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to XIII is used.
- at least 1.2 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to XIII is used.
- the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII comprises adding triethylsilane to a mixture of the thioester compound of Formula XIII and palladium on carbon in tetrahydrofuran and glacial acetic acid.
- the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII comprises adding triethylsilane to a mixture of the thioester compound of Formula XIII and palladium on carbon in tetrahydrofuran and glacial acetic acid, wherein said mixture has been cooled to 5 ⁇ 5° C.
- the triethylsilane is added over at least 30 minutes.
- the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII further comprises allowing the reaction mixture to warm to about 20° C. over about 1.5 hours following the addition of triethylsilane.
- the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII further comprises stirring the reaction mixture at 15 ⁇ 5° C. for at least 3 hrs.
- the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII further comprises the steps of:
- the compound of formula XIV is obtained as a solid.
- the solid compound of formula XIV is obtained from a solvent comprising one or more of: EtOAc, MTBE, and heptane.
- the solid compound of formula XIV is obtained from a solvent consisting of EtOAc, MTBE, and heptane.
- the solid compound of formula XIV is obtained by adding a solution of the compound of formula XIV in EtOAc to a mixture of MTBE and heptane.
- the solid compound of formula XIV is obtained by adding a solution of the compound of formula XIV in EtOAc to a 1:1 (v:v) mixture of MTBE and heptane.
- the reductive amination is performed in a solvent selected from a lower carbinol, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, and acetonitrile.
- the reductive amination is performed in a solvent comprising a lower carbinol.
- the lower carbinol is methanol.
- the lower carbinol is part of a co-solvent mixture.
- the co-solvent mixture comprises methanol and tetrahydrofuran. In some embodiments, the co-solvent mixture consists of a 2:1 (v:v) mixture of methanol and tetrahydrofuran.
- NaBH 4 is added to a mixture of the compound of formula XIV and the compound of formula II in a mixture of methanol and tetrahydrofuran which has been cooled to ⁇ 5 ⁇ 5° C.
- NaBH 4 is added to a mixture of the compound of formula XIV and the compound of formula II in a mixture of methanol and tetrahydrofuran which has been cooled to ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5° C.
- the NaBH 4 is added in portions while maintaining the reaction mixture temperature at less than 22° C.
- the NaBH 4 is added in at least 5 portions spaced at least 15 minutes apart.
- reaction mixture is stirred at 20 ⁇ 5° C. following completion of the addition of NaBH 4 in portions.
- reaction mixture is stirred at 20 ⁇ 5° C. for at least 1 hour.
- reaction mixture is stirred at 20 ⁇ 5° C. for at least 3 hours.
- the reductive amination further comprises the steps of:
- the acid compound HX is a mineral acid.
- the acid compound HX is an arenesulfonic acid.
- the arenesulfonic acid is p-toluenesulfonic acid.
- reaction of the compound of Formula XV is performed at 25 ⁇ 5° C.
- the total volume of THF and IPA combined is about 12 volumes.
- the mixture of the compound of formula XV and p-toluenesulfonic acid hydrate in THF and IPA is stirred for at least 15 hours.
- the process for preparing the compound of Formula XVI further comprises recrystallizing the filter cake from methanol.
- the process for preparing the compound of Formula XVI further comprises the step of recrystallizing the filter cake from a mixture of methanol and ethyl acetate.
- the mixture of the filter cake in methanol and acetate is heated to 50 ⁇ 5° C. and stirred for at least 3 hrs.
- Certain embodiments further comprise cooling the mixture to 25 ⁇ 5° C. and stirring for at least 3 hrs before filtering.
- MeCN acetonitrile
- DCM dichloromethane
- DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine
- EDCI 1-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide
- EtOAc ethyl acetate
- EtOH ethanol
- H 2 O water
- IPA isopropanol
- IPAc iso-propyl acetate
- MeOH methanol
- MTBE methyl tert-butyl ether
- STAB sodium triacetoxyborohydride
- THF tetrahydrofuran
- 1 H-NMR Proton Nuclear magnetic Resonance
- HPLC High Performance Liquid Chromatography
- UPLC Ultra Performance Liquid Chromatography.
- Other abbreviations may be used and will be familiar in context to those of skill in the
- a 12-L, glass round bottom flask was equipped with a N 2 bleed.
- the flask was charged with DCM (2510 mL), (1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropan-1-amine hydrochloride (505.00 g) and 2 N NaOH solution (NaOH, 224.10 g and purified water, 2810 mL).
- the contents of the flask were allowed to stir 15 minutes and dissolution was confirmed.
- the layers were allowed to separate and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (1280 mL).
- the combined organic phase appeared as an opaque liquid, which was transferred to a rotary evaporator bulb and concentrated to a residue at ⁇ 40° C. under vacuum.
- the bulb was dried at 25 ⁇ 5° C. under vacuum to afford Compound 9 (413 g, 101%) as an orange oil.
- Step 1 Synthesis of methyl (4S)-4-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxopentanoate (1)
- Boc-Glu(OMe)-OH (1900 g) in IPAc (10 volumes) was cooled with stirring, under a N 2 atmosphere, to ⁇ 5-5° C.
- NMM 801.2 g; 1.1 eq.
- pivaloyl chloride 920.7 g; 1.05 eq.
- 4-Methylpiperazine (1.05 eq.) was added while keeping the temperature between ⁇ 5-5° C., and the resulting mixture was stiffed at ⁇ 0-5° C. for 1 hr.
- Step 3 Synthesis of methyl (4S)-4-[4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoylamino]-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxopentanoate (3)
- HOBt 470.0 g; 1.1 eq.
- EDCI 666.8 g; 1.1 eq.
- EtOAc 7.8 L; 13 vol.
- 6M NaOH 6M NaOH
- Step 4 Synthesis of (4S)-4-[4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoylamino]-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxopentanoic acid (4)
- AMBERLITE® IR120 (1100 g; 0.95 w/w) beads were added to adjust the pH to 6.3. After stirring the mixture for 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was filtered and the filter cake was washed with THF (2.4 L; 2 vol.). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo at 35 ⁇ 5° C. to 2-3 vol. The residue was charged with THF (2 L; 1.7 vol.) and concentrated in vacuo at 35 ⁇ 5° C. This process was repeated an additional 5 times. The crude oil was dissolved in MeOH (2.4 L ⁇ 2) and then concentrated. The crude material was again dissolved in MeOH (2.4 L) and MTBE (12 L; 10 vol.) at 25 ⁇ 5° C. and stiffed overnight.
- Step 5 Synthesis of dodecyl (4S)-4-[4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoylamino]-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxopentanethioate (5)
- a 50-L, glass, jacketed reactor was equipped with a thermal control unit and a N 2 bleed, and charged with THF (9 L) and Compound 5 (900.06 g). The contents were allowed to stir until a solution was observed.
- Palladium on carbon (50% wet, 140.00 g) was then charged to the reactor and the batch temperature was adjusted to 5 ⁇ 5° C.
- Glacial acetic acid 140 mL was added to the batch over 1 minute followed by triethylsilane (1240 mL) over 77 minutes. During the 1 h stir at 5 ⁇ 5° C., an exotherm of 13° C. was observed with a batch temperature increase from 6° C. to 19° C. over approximately 15 minutes.
- the reaction was filtered through a CELITE® pad and loose CELITE® (353 g) slurried in DCM (0.5 L) which yielded a filter cake height of ⁇ 3 cm.
- the reactor was washed with DCM (3 ⁇ 2 L) and the washes were used to rinse the filter cake.
- the filtrate was filtered and concentrated to a residue on a rotary evaporator at ⁇ 40° C. under vacuum. Total concentration time was 3 h and 48 minutes.
- n-Heptane (6 L) was charged to the rotovap bulb and the bulb was allowed to rotate without heat or vacuum for 11 h. After this time, the supernatant was decanted.
- Step 7 Synthesis of N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl]amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide (7
- the reaction was cooled to 10 ⁇ 5° C. and quenched with solution of NH 4 Cl (421.01 g) in purified water (890 mL) at ⁇ 25° C.
- the batch was filtered and concentrated at ⁇ 40° C. to 7 volumes. Total concentration time was 2 h and 7 minutes.
- the concentrated solution was diluted with IPAc (11 L) then treated with 2N NaOH solution (NaOH, 136.30 g and purified water, 1700 mL) at ⁇ 25° C.
- the layers were allowed to separate and the aqueous phase was extracted with IPAc (2 L).
- the combined organic layers were washed with purified water (1 L) then filtered and the reactor was rinsed with IPAc (2 ⁇ 2 L).
- Step 8 Synthesis of N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl]amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide, bis-tosylate salt (8)
- the batch temperature of the batch from Step 7 was adjusted to 20 ⁇ 5° C. and QUADRAPURE® AK resin (843.79 g) was charged to the batch solution.
- the contents of the reactor were allowed to stir 17 h before sampling for UPLC analysis (TM.04762) to give 3.27% Compound 2 (specification: Compound 9 ⁇ 2 wt % with respect to Compound 7).
- the batch was allowed to stir a further 24 h before sampling a second time for UPLC analysis (TM.04762) to give 0.91% Compound 2.
- the resin was filtered off and rinsed with pre-filtered IPA (3 L).
- the reactor was cleaned to ensure no solids remained and rinsed with pre-filtered THF (10 L).
- the batch solution was returned to the reactor via an in-line filter and the line was rinsed with pre-filtered THF (1070 mL).
- the temperature was adjusted to 25 ⁇ 5° C. before charging the pre-filtered TsOH.H 2 O solution (TsOH-H 2 O, 488.51 g and THF, 710 mL).
- the line was rinsed with pre-filtered THF (530 mL) and the batch was stirred for 25 h and 21 minutes.
- the batch was then filtered and rinsed with pre-filtered IPA (2 ⁇ 1060 mL).
- the filter cake was conditioned under N 2 for 42 h. After this time, the filter cake was sampled for UPLC analysis (TM.04762, TM.04780).
- the filter cake was transferred into two drying trays and dried at 35 ⁇ 5° C. under vacuum for approximately 255 h to reach constant weight.
- the batch was dried a further 72.5 h and then subjected to MeOH recrystallization.
- the 50-L reactor was rinsed with pre-filtered MeOH (7 L) then the reactor was charged with the batch (770 g) and pre-filtered MeOH (12 L).
- the batch temperature was set to 65° C. and reflux was reached at 64° C. Solids were still observed after the batch was stirred 30 minutes at reflux. Additional pre-filtered MeOH (1540 mL) was added to achieve dissolution.
- the batch temperature was then cooled to 20 ⁇ 5° C. over 2 h and 8 minutes and the contents were allowed to stir 17.5 h.
- Step 1 Synthesis of methyl (4S)-4-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxopentanoate (1)
- Boc-Glu(OMe)-OH 35 kg in IPAc (311.5 kg 10 V) was cooled with stirring, under a N 2 atmosphere, to 0-10° C.
- NMM 15.05 kg; 1.1 eq.
- pivaloyl chloride (16.8 kg; 1.05 eq.) were added while keeping the temperature at 0-10° C., and the resulting mixture was stirred at this temperature for 1 hr, after which time the mixture was allowed to warm to 15-25° C. The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 3 hrs.
- a sample drawn for analysis showed that starting material had been consumed by this time.
- Step 3 Synthesis of methyl (4S)-4-[4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoylamino]-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxopentanoate (3)
- Step 4 Synthesis of (4S)-4-[4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoylamino]-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxopentanoic acid (4)
- the filtrate from the preceding step was concentrated to 1-2 V under vacuum at 40 ⁇ 5° C. MeOH (20 L, 4.0 V) was added, and the mixture was stirred for at least 0.5 hr at 15 t ° C.
- the pH was adjusted to 6.0-6.4 with the addition of an ethanolic solution of HCl (33 wt %).
- the mixture was stirred for at least 0.5 hr at 15 t ° C.
- the mixture was evaporated to 1-2 V under vacuum at 40 ⁇ 5° C. CH 3 CN (16 L, 4.0 V) was added, and the mixture was stirred for at least 0.5 hr at 15 t ° C.
- Step 5(a) Synthesis of dodecyl (4S)-4-[4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoylamino]-5-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-5-oxopentanethioate hydrochloride salt (5a)
- n-Heptane (8 L, 4.0 V) was added with stirring, the mixture was warmed to 40 ⁇ 5° C. Additional n-heptane (60 L, 15.0 V) was added at this temperature, and the mixture was stirred 1.0 hr at this temperature. The mixture was then cooled to 0 ⁇ 5° C., and stirred at least 3 hrs at this temperature. The mixture was then warmed to 15 ⁇ 5° C., and stiffed for at least 2 hrs at this temperature. The resulting solid was removed by filtration on a Büchner funnel, washed with n-heptane (8 L, 2.0 V), and dried under vacuum for at least 15 hrs at 40 ⁇ 5° C. Samples were withdrawn for KF analysis and drying was continued until KF ⁇ 5%.
- reaction vessel was purged by evacuating to P ⁇ 0.08 MPa, followed by addition of N 2 to atmospheric pressure. The cycle was repeated for a total of 3 times.
- THF 60.08 kg, 9.0 V
- Compound 5 7.50 kg, 1.0 equiv
- a solution of anhydrous Pd/C (188 g, 2.5 wt. %) in THF (6.68 kg, 1.0 V) was then added.
- the reaction vessel was cooled to 5 ⁇ 5° C. Glacial AcOH (1.13 kg, 1.5 equiv), followed by Et 3 SiH (6.00 kg, 4.0 equiv) were then added at this temperature.
- the mixture was stiffed for at least 1 hr at 5-20° C., then stirred for 3 ⁇ 0.2 hrs at 15 ⁇ 5° C. A sample was drawn for HPLC analysis every 3 ⁇ 0.2 hrs, and the reaction was continued until the area under the curve for Compound 5 ⁇ 5.0% of the total area.
- the reaction mixture was then filtered through a pad of CELITE® (6.00 kg) which had been rinsed with THF (20.03 kg, 3.0 V). After filtration, the pad was rinsed with THF (33.38 kg, 5.0 V).
- the combined filtrates were passed through a microporous filter, then concentrated under vacuum to 2-3 V at 25 ⁇ 5° C.
- EtOAc (67.50 kg, 10.0 V) was added, and the mixture was concentrated under vacuum to 2-3 V at 25 ⁇ 5° C. Additional EtOAc (67.50 kg, 10.0 V) was added, and the mixture was again concentrated under vacuum to 2-3 V at 25 ⁇ 5° C.
- the reaction vessel was rinsed with EtOAc (3.38 kg, 0.5 V), and the EtOAc layers were combined, then added dropwise to a mixture of MTBE (55.50 kg, 10.0 V) and n-heptane (51.00 kg, 10.0 V). The mixture was stirred at least 2 hrs at 15 ⁇ 5° C., then cooled to 0 ⁇ 5° C., then stirred for at least 2 hrs.
- Step 7 Synthesis of N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl]amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide (7)
- a reaction vessel was purged by evacuating to P ⁇ 0.08 MPa, followed by addition of N 2 to atmospheric pressure. The cycle was repeated for a total of 3 times.
- MeOH 43.13 kg, 14.0 V
- Compound 9 (1.52 kg, 1.0 equiv) was added at 20 ⁇ 5° C.
- a solution of Compound ⁇ (4.61 kg, assay: 84.6%, 1.0 equiv) in THF 24.30 kg, 7.0 V
- NaBH 4 (390 g, 1.0 equiv) was added in at least 5 batches, spaced at least 15 min apart, while maintaining this temperature. The mixture was stiffed an additional 2.0 ⁇ 0.2 hrs at this temperature, then was warmed to 20 ⁇ 5° C. over the course of an hour, and stirred 1.0 ⁇ 0.2 hrs at this temperature. A sample was drawn for HPLC analysis, and if the area under the curve of the product is ⁇ 75% of the total area, an additional 39 g of NaBH 4 is added. The mixture was stirred for at least 8 hrs at 20 ⁇ 5° C., then cooled to 0 ⁇ 5° C.
- Step 8 Synthesis of N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl]amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide, bis-tosylate salt (8)
- a reaction vessel was purged by evacuating to P ⁇ 0.08 MPa, followed by addition of N 2 to atmospheric pressure. The cycle was repeated for a total of 3 times.
- MeOH (24.89 kg, 5.0 V) and EtOAc (28.35 kg, 5.0 V) was introduced to the vessel through the 0.2 ⁇ M microporous filter under an N 2 atmosphere.
- the solid product was then added to the reactor with stirring, and the mixture was warmed to 50 ⁇ 5° C., and stiffed for at least 3 hrs at this temperature.
- the mixture was then cooled to 25 ⁇ 5° C., and stiffed for at least 3 hrs at this temperature.
- the solid was removed via centrifugation, washed with EtOAc (11.34 kg, 2.0 V), and analyzed with HPLC.
- the EtOAc slurry procedure is repeated if the area % of the product ⁇ 98.0% or the area % of single impurity >0.5%.
- a reaction vessel was purged by evacuating to P ⁇ 0.08 MPa, followed by addition of N 2 to atmospheric pressure. The cycle was repeated for a total of 3 times.
- n-Heptane 42.84 kg, 10.0 V
- the solid product was then added to the reactor with stirring, and the mixture was stirred for at least 3 hrs at 25 ⁇ 5° C.
- the solid was removed via centrifugation, washed with n-heptane (12.85 kg, 3.0 V), and dried under vacuum at 35 ⁇ C for at least 15 hrs to afford the product (5.38 kg, 78.9%).
- Step 1 Synthesis of methyl (4S)-4-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxopentanoate (1)
- a reaction vessel is flushed by evacuation, followed by introduction of N 2 .
- the flush procedure is repeated 3 times.
- An N 2 atmosphere is maintained throughout the procedure.
- IPAc 204.85 kg, 10 V, 8.90 w/w
- a sample drawn for KF analysis reports H 2 O 0.04%.
- Boc-Glu(OMe)-OH 22.98 kg, 1.00 eq.
- N-methylmorpholine 9.88 kg, 1.10 eq.
- pivaloyl chloride 11.14 kg, 1.05 eq.
- the reaction is quenched by the addition of aq NaHCO 3 (5 wt. %, 5.0 V). Stirring is continued ⁇ 0.5 hr, then the contents are allowed to stand without stirring ⁇ 0.5 hour.
- the phases are separated, the aqueous phase is extracted with IPAc (2 ⁇ 102.70 kg, 2 ⁇ 5.0 V, 4.45 w/w), with ⁇ 0.5 hr stirring, followed by ⁇ 0.5 h standing for each extraction.
- the combined organic layers are washed with aqueous NaCl solution (25 wt. %, 2 ⁇ 5.0 V), concentrated to 4-5 V with temperature held to ⁇ 50° C.
- IPAc 204.80 kg, 10.0 V, 8.90 w/w
- the volume is concentrated to 4 ⁇ 5 V at P ⁇ 0.08 MPa with temperature held to ⁇ 50° C.
- Samples are drawn for KF analysis.
- the IPAc addition and azeotrope procedure is repeated until KF analysis reports H 2 O ⁇ 0.1%.
- Dioxane (236.95 kg, 10 V, 10.30 w/w) is then added, and the volume is concentrated to 4 ⁇ 5 V at P ⁇ 0.08 MPa with temperature held to ⁇ 50° C.
- the solution is stored at 25° C. in the reactor under N 2 and is used directly in the next step.
- Step 2 Synthesis of methyl (4S)-4-amino-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxopentanoate, HCl salt
- a reactor is flushed with N 2 by evacuation to ⁇ 0.08 Mpa, followed by introduction of N 2 .
- the flush procedure is repeated 3 times.
- An N 2 atmosphere is maintained throughout the procedure.
- Compound 1 28.9 kg in dioxane, 1.0 eq.
- Sulfolane 254.9 kg, 7 V, 8.82 w/w
- the reactor temperature is adjusted to 25 ⁇ 5° C., and this temperature is maintained throughout the procedure.
- HCl/dioxane (4 M, 5.0 eq., 109.80 kg) is added, and the mixture is stirred ⁇ 3 hr. Samples are drawn for HPLC analysis every 2 ⁇ 0.2 hrs. Stirring is continued until the area % of Compound 1 ⁇ 2%.
- the filter cake is then added with stirring to MTBE (320.95 kg, 15 V, 11.10 w/w) under N 2 . The temperature is adjusted to 25 ⁇ 5° C., and the mixture is stirred ⁇ 4 hrs. The cake is then removed by centrifugation and washed with MTBE (80.60 kg, 3.75 V, 2.79 w/w).
- LDPE polyethylene
- Step 3 Synthesis of methyl (4S)-4-[4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoylamino]-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxopentanoate (3)
- a reactor is flushed with N 2 by evacuation to ⁇ 0.08 Mpa, followed by introduction of N 2 .
- the flush procedure is repeated 3 times.
- An N 2 atmosphere is maintained throughout the procedure.
- DCM 316.55 kg, 25 V, 33.25 w/w
- Compound 2 (crude weight: 75.03 kg, 1.3 eq.) is then added, and the mixture is cooled to 5 ⁇ 5° C., and this temperature is maintained.
- N-Methylmorpholine (18.64 kg, 3.50 eq.) is then added, followed by batchwise addition of EDCI (11.60 kg, 1.20 eq.).
- reaction mixture is then cooled to 5 ⁇ 5° C., and Na 2 CO 3 solution (10 wt. %, 20.0 V) is added dropwise to adjust pH to 9 ⁇ 10.
- the mixture is then warmed to 25 ⁇ 5° C., and stirring is continued ⁇ 2 hours at 25 ⁇ 5° C.
- Aqueous NaCl solution (10 wt. %, 10.0 V) is then added into the reactor at 25 ⁇ 5° C., and stirring is continued ⁇ 0.5 hr. The mixture is allowed to stand without stirring ⁇ 0.5 hour.
- the organic phase is washed with aq NaCl (15 wt. %, 10.0 V). The mixture is stirred ⁇ 0.5 hr and allowed to stand without stirring ⁇ 0.5 hour, then the layers are separated. The organic layer is concentrated to 9 ⁇ 10 V at ⁇ 40° C. IPAc (126.80 kg, 15.0 V) is then added into the reactor, and the volume is reduced to 9 ⁇ 10 V at ⁇ 45° C. Additional IPAc (126.80 kg, 15.0 V) is then added into the reactor, and the volume is reduced 9 ⁇ 10 V at ⁇ 45° C. GC analysis reports that DCM ⁇ 3.0%.
- n-Heptane 100.35 kg, 15.0 V, 10.20 w/w
- HPLC analysis reports purity of compound 3 ⁇ 96.0%.
- the solid is dried in a vacuum oven ⁇ 12 hrs at 40 ⁇ 5° C. Drying is continued until a sample drawn for LOD analysis reports LOD ⁇ 3%.
- Step 4 Synthesis of (4S)-4-[4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoylamino]-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-S-oxopentanoic acid (4)
- a reactor is flushed with N 2 by evacuation to ⁇ 0.08 Mpa, followed by introduction of N 2 .
- the flush procedure is repeated 3 times.
- An N 2 atmosphere is maintained throughout the procedure.
- THF 160.75 kg, 10 V, 8.9 w/w
- Compound a (18 kg corrected weight, 1.0 eq.) is then added into the reactor, and the temperature is adjusted to 25 ⁇ 5° C.
- TMSOK (7.25 kg, 1.3 eq.) is added batchwise, and the mixture is stirred ⁇ 8 hrs. Samples are drawn for HPLC analysis every 2 ⁇ 0.2 hours, and the reaction is continued until the area % of Compound 2 ⁇ 3%.
- MeOH (142.10 kg, 10 V, 7.90 w/w) is then added into the reactor at 25 ⁇ 5° C., and the contents are stirred ⁇ 1 hr. The mixture is cooled to 5 ⁇ 5° C. HCl/MeOH is added slowly to adjust pH to 5.4 ⁇ 5.8. The mixture is stirred ⁇ 2 hrs while maintaining pH 5.4 ⁇ 5.8. The solid is removed by centrifugation, and is washed with MeOH (35.30 kg, 5 V, 3.95 w/w). The filtrate is combined with the reaction solution, and concentrated to 4 ⁇ 5 V at ⁇ 40° C.
- MeOH (141.85 kg, 10 V, 7.90 w/w) is added, and the mixture is concentrated to 4 ⁇ 5 V at ⁇ 40° C.
- CH 3 CN (210.80 kg, 15 V, 11.70 w/w) is added, and the mixture is concentrated to 4 ⁇ 5 V at ⁇ 40° C.
- Additional CH 3 CN (70.95 kg, 5 V, 3.90 w/w) is added into the reactor at 25 ⁇ 5° C. Seed crystals of Compound 4 are introduced into the reactor, and the mixture is stirred ⁇ 0.5 hrs.
- Additional CH 3 CN (210.70 kg, 15 V, 11.70 w/w) is added slowly into the reactor, and the mixture is stirred at 25 ⁇ 5° C. ⁇ 2 hrs.
- HPLC analysis of the product reports area % of Compound 4 ⁇ 95.0%. (HPLC purity: 97.7%, assay: 86.6%).
- the product (weight: 15.35 kg) is packaged in double layer LDPE plastic bags under N 2 , sealed with cable ties within a fiber keg, and stored at 2 ⁇ 8° C.
- Step 5(a) Synthesis of dodecyl (4S)-4-[4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoylamino]-5-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-5-oxopentanethioate hydrochloride salt (5a)
- a reactor is flushed with N 2 by evacuation to ⁇ 0.08 Mpa, followed by introduction of N 2 .
- the flush procedure is repeated 3 times.
- An N 2 atmosphere is maintained throughout the procedure.
- DCM (276.00 kg, 15 V, 19.95 w/w) is charged into the reactor and stirring is begun.
- Compound 4 (13.2 kg corrected weight, 1.0 eq.) is added into the reactor.
- the mixture is cooled to 5 ⁇ 5° C.
- 1-Dodecanethiol (8.10 kg, 1.20 eq.) is added, followed by DMAP (198 g, 0.05 eq.), then EDCI (7.71 kg, 1.20 eq.).
- the mixture is stirred ⁇ 1 hr, then warmed to 20 ⁇ 5° C.
- the mixture is stirred ⁇ 0.5 hr and allowed to stand without stirring ⁇ for at least 0.5 hr.
- the layers are separated and the organic phase is again washed with NaCl (25 wt. %, 5 V)
- the mixture is stirred ⁇ 0.5 hr and allowed to stand without stirring ⁇ for at least 0.5 hr.
- the organic layer is concentrated to 6 ⁇ 7 V at ⁇ 40° C. under vacuum, then EtOH (161.45 kg, 15 V, 11.58 w/w) is added. The volume is reduced to 6 ⁇ 7 V at ⁇ 50° C.
- HCl/EtOH (5.07 kg, 28.9 wt. % by titration, 1.20 eq.) is then added dropwise into the reactor at 10 ⁇ 5° C., and the mixture is stirred ⁇ 12 hr at 10 ⁇ 5° C.
- the solid that forms is removed by centrifugation and washed with CH 3 CN (30.50 kg, 3 V, 2.34 w/w).
- HPLC analysis reports the area % of Compound 5 ⁇ 95.0%. (HPLC purity: 99.3%).
- HPLC analysis reports Compound 5 ⁇ 95.0% purity (HPLC purity: 99.1%, Assay: 94.9%).
- the product is transferred to double low density polyethylene (LDPE) bags with a tie within a fiber keg, weigh and stored below ⁇ 20° C.
- LDPE double low density polyethylene
- Example 5 Exploration of steps in the synthesis of N-[(2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl]amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide and its bis-tosylate salt
- Sample Condition Result 5a 500 mg slurry
- EtOH Adhesive smaller particles charge HCl (EtOH)
- IPA Adhesive smaller particles solvent EA Gelatinous; not adhesive DCM THF ACN Larger particles; not adhesive MTBE Gelatinous; adhesive IPAc NMP Soluble DMSO Soluble 5a (15 g slurry) EtOH Difficult filtration in solvent; (40 V) then charge HCl (EtOH) EtOH/ACN Facile filtration solvent (1:2) (40 V)
- Reductant Et 3 SiH (4.0 eq.).
- Catalyst anhydrous Pd/C (7.5 wt. %). Reactions were run at 10-20° C.
- the starting material 5 that was used for these trials was obtained without an intervening step of purification as hydrochloride salt 5a.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
- Hydrogenated Pyridines (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 16/326,495, filed Feb. 19, 2019, which is a national stage entry under 35 U.S.C. § 371 of International Application No. PCT/US2017/047208, filed Aug. 16, 2017, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/375,728, filed Aug. 16, 2016, the contents of which are incorporated by reference as if written herein in their entireties.
- Inhibiting the enzyme KDM1A (also known as lysine-specific demethylase 1, LSD1, Flavin-containing Amine Oxidase Domain-Containing Protein, AOF2, BRAF35-HDAC Complex Protein BHC110, FAD-Binding Protein BRAF35-HDAC Complex), may alter gene expression in cells sufficient to restore their proper physiologic function or that of the tissue, organ or the patient as a whole. This may be achieved either by enhancing transcription of a gene or genes that are pathologically silenced, e.g., as is the case in some cancer cells and heritable diseases, or decreasing transcription of a gene or genes participating in the pathological state. As such, inhibiting KDM1A would be useful for the treatment of diseases such as cancer and heritable diseases such as Wilson disease, cardiomyopathies, and hemoglobinopathies.
- Novel potent inhibitors of KDM1A have been described, for example, in WO 2014/164,867, WO 2015/021128, and PCT/US2016/17809. The compound N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl]amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide and related compounds have been described in PCT/US2016/17809, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference, as inhibitors of KDM1A with promising potential. There thus exists a need for new and improved methods for the synthesis of N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl]amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide and related compounds which are amenable to large-scale synthesis.
- In one embodiment the invention provides a process for preparing compounds of Formula IV:
- or a salt, polymorph, or solvate thereof, wherein:
-
- n is 1 or 2;
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- R4 is hydrogen;
- R5 is chosen from aryl and heteroaryl, any of which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- each R6 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cyano, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, CONHR7, and CONR7R8; and
- R7 and R8 are independently chosen from hydrogen, and lower alkyl; or
- R7 and R8 may be taken together to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with lower alkyl;
comprising reacting a compound of Formula II:
- or a salt thereof; wherein:
-
- R5 is chosen from aryl and heteroaryl, any of which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- wherein R6 is defined as above;
with a compound of Formula III:
- or a salt thereof; wherein:
-
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
under reductive amination reaction conditions.
- In some embodiments, the compound of Formula III exists in equilibrium with compounds of Formulas III(a-d), depicted below:
- The person of skill in the art will appreciate that the formation of cyclic structures such as Formulas III(a-d) is very common for functionalized aliphatic aldehydes, and that equilibrium between the aldehyde structure and Formulas III(a-d) is rapid. The relative proportion of Formulas III and III(a-d) is highly dependent on factors such as molecular structure, solvent composition, pH, and ionic strength. Due to the relatively high reactivity of the aldehyde of Formula III, combined with the fast equilibrium with the alternate Formulas III(a-d), the possible existence of Formulas III(a-d) does not interfere with the reactivity of the compound of Formula III, as disclosed herein.
- In some embodiments, the compound of Formula IV is Compound 7:
- In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II is Compound 9:
- In some embodiments, the compound of Formula III is Compound 6:
- In some embodiments, the reductive amination conditions comprise reacting the compound of Formula II with the compound of Formula III in the presence of a borohydride reducing agent. In some embodiments, the borohydride reducing agent is NaBH4. In some embodiments, the reductive amination is carried out in a co-solvent mixture comprising an alcohol. In some embodiments, the co-solvent mixture comprises methanol and tetrahydrofuran.
- Also provided is a process for preparing a compound of Formula III comprising reducing a thioester of Formula I:
- wherein:
-
- n is 1 or 2;
- m is 0-12;
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
to provide an aldehyde of Formula III.
- In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is Compound 5.
- In some embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I utilizes a silane reducing agent. In some embodiments, the silane reducing agent is triethylsilane. In some embodiments, the reduction further comprises palladium on carbon.
- Also provided are methods for preparing a compound of Formula III from an acid salt of thioester of Formula I, designated I*HX, comprising: 1) a free base step, comprising reaction of the salt I*HX with a base, to form the corresponding free base I, and 2) a reduction step, comprising a method for reducing a thioester of Formula I to provide a compound of Formula III, as disclosed herein.
-
- m is 0-12;
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl; and
- wherein R6 is as defined above.
- In some embodiments, the reduction step further utilizes a Pd-based catalyst. In some embodiments, the Pd-based catalyst is a Pd(0) catalyst. In some embodiments, the Pd(0) catalyst is palladium on carbon. In some embodiments, the palladium on carbon is an eggshell catalyst. In some embodiments, the Pd-based catalyst is a Pd(II) catalyst.
- In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I*HX is Compound 5*HCl.
- Also provided are methods for preparing thioesters of Formula I, comprising reacting a carboxylic acid compound of Formula V with a thiol compound of Formula VI:
- wherein:
-
- n is 1 or 2;
- m is 0-12;
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
with an appropriate coupling agent.
- In some embodiments, the coupling agent for the reaction of the compound is 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC), or a salt thereof. In some embodiments, the reaction between the compound of Formula V and the compound of Formula VI further comprises 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP). In some embodiments, DMAP is present in a catalytic amount.
- In some embodiments, m in Formula VI is 11.
- Also provided are methods for preparing acid salts of thioesters of Formula I, comprising 1) a thioester formation step, comprising a method for synthesis of a thioester of Formula I, as disclosed herein, and 2) a salt formation step, comprising reaction with acid HX, to form the corresponding salt of Formula I, designated I*HX:
- wherein:
-
- n is 1 or 2;
- m is 0-12;
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl; and
- wherein R6 is as defined above.
- Also provided are methods for preparing a compound of Formula V wherein n is 1 (compounds of Formula XII) from glutamic acid, comprising the steps:
- a. reacting a protected glutamate ester VII with an appropriate heterocycle VIII to provide a compound of Formula IX:
- wherein:
-
- P is a monovalent nitrogen protecting group;
- Rx is an alkyl group; and
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
b. removing the protecting group from the glutamate amino group of the compound of Formula IX to provide a compound of Formula X:
- wherein:
-
- P is a monovalent nitrogen protecting group;
- Rx is an alkyl group; and
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
c. reacting the compound of Formula X with an appropriate substituted benzoic acid to provide a compound of Formula XI:
- wherein:
-
- Rx is an alkyl group; and
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
and
d. converting the ester group of the compound of Formula XI to a carboxylic acid to provide a compound of Formula XII:
- wherein:
-
- Rx is an alkyl group; and
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- wherein R6 is as defined above.
- Also provided are methods for preparing a compound of Formula IV wherein n is 1 (compounds of Formula XVI) from glutamic acid, comprising the steps:
- a. reacting a protected glutamate ester VII with an appropriate heterocycle VIII to provide a compound of Formula IX:
- wherein:
-
- P is a monovalent nitrogen protecting group;
- Rx is an alkyl group; and
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
b. removing the protecting group from the glutamate amino group of the compound of Formula IX to provide a compound of Formula X:
- wherein:
-
- P is a monovalent nitrogen protecting group;
- Rx is an alkyl group; and
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
c. reacting the compound of Formula X with an appropriate substituted benzoic acid to provide a compound of Formula XI:
- wherein:
-
- Rx is an alkyl group; and
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
d. converting the ester group of the compound of Formula XI to a carboxylic acid to provide a compound of Formula XII:
- wherein:
-
- Rx is an alkyl group; and
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
e. converting the compound of Formula XII to the compound of Formula XIII, comprising 1) a thioester formation step, and 2) a salt formation step:
- wherein:
-
- m is 0-12;
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl; and
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
f. converting the compound of Formula XIII to the compound of formula XIV, comprising: 1) a free base step, comprising reaction of the salt XIII with a base, and 2) a reduction step:
- wherein:
-
- m is 0-12;
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl; and wherein R6 is as defined above;
g. converting the compound of Formula XIV to the compound of Formula XV, by reaction with a compound of Formula II under reductive amination conditions:
- wherein:
-
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- R5 is chosen from aryl and heteroaryl, any of which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- wherein R6 is defined as above;
and
h. converting the compound of Formula XV to the compound of Formula XVI, by reaction with an acid compound HX:
- wherein:
-
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- R5 is chosen from aryl and heteroaryl, any of which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- wherein R6 is as defined above.
- To facilitate understanding of the disclosure, a number of terms and abbreviations as used herein are defined below as follows:
- When introducing elements of the present disclosure or the preferred embodiment(s) thereof, the articles “a”, “an”, “the” and “said” are intended to mean that there are one or more of the elements. The terms “comprising”, “including” and “having” are intended to be inclusive and mean that there may be additional elements other than the listed elements.
- The term “and/or” when used in a list of two or more items, means that any one of the listed items can be employed by itself or in combination with any one or more of the listed items. For example, the expression “A and/or B” is intended to mean either or both of A and B, i.e. A alone, B alone or A and B in combination. The expression “A, B and/or C” is intended to mean A alone, B alone, C alone, A and B in combination, A and C in combination, B and C in combination or A, B, and C in combination.
- The term “about,” as used herein when referring to a measurable value such as an amount of a compound, dose, time, temperature, and the like, is meant to encompass variations of 20%, 10%, 5%, 1%, 0.5%, or even 0.1% from the specified amount.
- When ranges of values are disclosed, and the notation “from n1 . . . to n2” or “between n1 . . . and n2” is used, where n1 and n2 are the numbers, then unless otherwise specified, this notation is intended to include the numbers themselves and the range between them. This range may be integral or continuous between and including the end values. By way of example, the range “from 2 to 6 carbons” is intended to include two, three, four, five, and six carbons, since carbons come in integer units. Compare, by way of example, the range “from 1 to 3 μM (micromolar),” which is intended to include 1 μM, 3 μM, and everything in between to any number of significant figures (e.g., 1.255 μM, 2.1 μM, 2.9999 μM, etc.). When n is set at 0 in the context of “0 carbon atoms”, it is intended to indicate a bond or null.
- The term “alkylsulfonyl” as used herein, means an alkyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through a sulfonyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of alkylsulfonyl include, but are not limited to, methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl.
- The term “alkylsulfonylalkyl” as used herein, means an alkylsulfonyl group, as defined herein, appended to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group, as defined herein. Representative examples of alkylsulfonylalkyl include, but are not limited to, methylsulfonylmethyl and ethylsulfonylmethyl.
- The term “acyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a carbonyl attached to an alkenyl, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycle, or any other moiety where the atom attached to the carbonyl is carbon. An “acetyl” group refers to a —C(O)CH3 group. An “alkylcarbonyl” or “alkanoyl” group refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group. Examples of such groups include methylcarbonyl and ethylcarbonyl. Examples of acyl groups include formyl, alkanoyl and aroyl.
- The term “alkenyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight-chain or branched-chain hydrocarbon group having one or more double bonds and containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkenyl will comprise from 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The term “alkenylene” refers to a carbon-carbon double bond system attached at two or more positions such as ethenylene [(—CH═CH—), (—C::C—)]. Examples of suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, 2-methylpropenyl, 1,4-butadienyl and the like. Unless otherwise specified, the term “alkenyl” may include “alkenylene” groups.
- The term “alkoxy,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl ether group, wherein the term alkyl is as defined below. Examples of suitable alkyl ether groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, and the like.
- The term “alkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight-chain or branched-chain alkyl group containing from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkyl will comprise from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In further embodiments, said alkyl will comprise from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups may be optionally substituted as defined herein. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, iso-amyl, hexyl, octyl, noyl and the like. The term “alkylene,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a saturated aliphatic group derived from a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon attached at two or more positions, such as methylene (—CH2—). Unless otherwise specified, the term “alkyl” may include “alkylene” groups.
- The term “alkylamino,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an amino group. Suitable alkylamino groups may be mono- or dialkylated, forming groups such as, for example, N-methylamino, N-ethylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N,N-ethylmethylamino and the like.
- The term “alkylidene,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkenyl group in which one carbon atom of the carbon-carbon double bond belongs to the moiety to which the alkenyl group is attached.
- The term “alkylthio,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl thioether (R—S—) group wherein the term alkyl is as defined above and wherein the sulfur may be singly or doubly oxidized. Examples of suitable alkyl thioether groups include methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, isopropylthio, n-butylthio, iso-butylthio, sec-butylthio, tert-butylthio, methanesulfonyl, ethanesulfinyl, and the like.
- The term “alkynyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight-chain or branched-chain hydrocarbon group having one or more triple bonds and containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, said alkynyl comprises from 2 to 6 carbon atoms. In further embodiments, said alkynyl comprises from 2 to 4 carbon atoms. The term “alkynylene” refers to a carbon-carbon triple bond attached at two positions such as ethynylene (—C≡C—). Examples of alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, hydroxypropynyl, butyn-1-yl, butyn-2-yl, pentyn-1-yl, 3-methylbutyn-1-yl, hexyn-2-yl, and the like. Unless otherwise specified, the term “alkynyl” may include “alkynylene” groups.
- The terms “amido” and “carbamoyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to an amino group as described below attached to the parent molecular moiety through a carbonyl group, or vice versa. The term “C-amido” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a —C(═O)—NR2 group with R as defined herein. The term “N-amido” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a RC(═O)NH— group, with R as defined herein. The term “acylamino” as used herein, alone or in combination, embraces an acyl group attached to the parent moiety through an amino group. An example of an “acylamino” group is acetylamino (CH3C(O)NH—).
- The term “amino,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to —NRR′, wherein R and R′ are independently chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, acyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, any of which may themselves be optionally substituted. Additionally, R and R′ may combine to form heterocycloalkyl, either of which may be optionally substituted.
- The term “amino acid”, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a —NHCHRC(O)O— group, which may be attached to the parent molecular moiety to give either an N-terminus or C-terminus amino acid, wherein R is independently chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, aminoalkyl, amido, amidoalkyl, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, guanidinealkyl, hydroxyl, thiol, and thioalkyl, any of which themselves may be optionally substituted. The term C-terminus, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to the parent molecular moiety being bound to the amino acid at the amino group, to give an amide as described herein, with the carboxyl group unbound, resulting in a terminal carboxyl group, or the corresponding carboxylate anion. The term N-terminus, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to the parent molecular moiety being bound to the amino acid at the carboxyl group, to give an ester as described herein, with the amino group unbound resulting in a terminal secondary amine, or the corresponding ammonium cation. In other words, C-terminus refers to —NHCHRC(O)OH or to —NHCHRC(O)O− and N-terminus refers to H2NCHRC(O)O— or to H3N+CHRC(O)O—.
- The term “aryl”, as used herein, alone or in combination, means a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one, two or three rings wherein such polycyclic ring systems are fused together. The term “aryl” embraces aromatic groups such as phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, and phenanthryl.
- The term “arylalkenyl” or “aralkenyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkenyl group.
- The term “arylalkoxy” or “aralkoxy,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkoxy group.
- The term “arylalkyl” or “aralkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group.
- The term “arylalkynyl” or “aralkynyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkynyl group.
- The term “arylalkanoyl” or “aralkanoyl” or “aroyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an acyl group derived from an aryl-substituted alkanecarboxylic acid such as benzoyl, naphthoyl, phenylacetyl, 3-phenylpropionyl (hydrocinnamoyl), 4-phenylbutyryl, (2-naphthyl)acetyl, 4-chlorohydrocinnamoyl, and the like.
- The term aryloxy as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxy.
- The terms “benzo” and “benz,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to the divalent group C6H4═ derived from benzene. Examples include benzothiophene and benzimidazole.
- The term “biphenyl” as used herein refers to two phenyl groups connected at one carbon site on each ring.
- The term “carbamate,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an ester of carbamic acid (—NHCOO—) which may be attached to the parent molecular moiety from either the nitrogen or acid end, and which may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
- The term “O-carbamyl” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a —OC(O)NRR′ group, with R and R′ as defined herein.
- The term “N-carbamyl” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a ROC(O)NR′— group, with R and R′ as defined herein.
- The term “carbonyl,” as used herein, when alone includes formyl [—C(O)H] and in combination is a —C(O)— group.
- The term “carboxyl” or “carboxy,” as used herein, refers to —C(O)OH or the corresponding “carboxylate” anion, such as is in a carboxylic acid salt. An “O-carboxy” group refers to a RC(O)O— group, where R is as defined herein. A “C-carboxy” group refers to a —C(O)OR groups where R is as defined herein.
- The term “cyano,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to —CN.
- The term “cycloalkyl,” or, alternatively, “carbocycle,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a saturated or partially saturated monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic alkyl group wherein each cyclic moiety contains from 3 to 12 carbon atom ring members and which may optionally be a benzo fused ring system which is optionally substituted as defined herein. In certain embodiments, said cycloalkyl will comprise from 5 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples of such cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, tetrahydronapthyl, indanyl, octahydronaphthyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-indenyl, adamantyl and the like. “Bicyclic” and “tricyclic” as used herein are intended to include both fused ring systems, such as decahydronaphthalene, octahydronaphthalene as well as the multicyclic (multicentered) saturated or partially unsaturated type. The latter type of isomer is exemplified in general by, bicyclo[1,1,1]pentane, camphor, adamantane, and bicyclo[3,2,1]octane.
- The term “ester,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a carboxy group bridging two moieties linked at carbon atoms.
- The term “ether,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an oxy group bridging two moieties linked at carbon atoms.
- The term “halohydrin,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a compound or functional group in which one carbon atom has a halogen substituent, and another carbon atom has a hydroxyl substituent, typically on adjacent carbons.
- The term “guanidine”, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to —NHC(═NH)NH2, or the corresponding guanidinium cation.
- The term “halo,” or “halogen,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
- The term “haloalkoxy,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a haloalkyl group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an oxygen atom.
- The term “haloalkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl group having the meaning as defined above wherein one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with a halogen. Specifically embraced are monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl groups. A monohaloalkyl group, for one example, may have an iodo, bromo, chloro or fluoro atom within the group. Dihalo and polyhaloalkyl groups may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo groups. Examples of haloalkyl groups include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl and dichloropropyl. “Haloalkylene” refers to a haloalkyl group attached at two or more positions. Examples include fluoromethylene (—CFH—), difluoromethylene (—CF2—), chloromethylene (—CHCl—) and the like.
- The term “heteroalkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a stable straight or branched chain, or cyclic hydrocarbon group, or combinations thereof, fully saturated or containing from 1 to 3 degrees of unsaturation, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one to three heteroatoms chosen from O, N, and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. The heteroatom(s) O, N and S may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, —CH2—NH—OCH3.
- The term “heteroaryl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a 3 to 7 membered unsaturated heteromonocyclic ring, or a fused monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring system in which at least one of the fused rings is aromatic, which contains at least one atom chosen from O, S, and N. In certain embodiments, said heteroaryl will comprise from 5 to 7 carbon atoms. The term also embraces fused polycyclic groups wherein heterocyclic rings are fused with aryl rings, wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with other heteroaryl rings, wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with heterocycloalkyl rings, or wherein heteroaryl rings are fused with cycloalkyl rings. Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl, pyranyl, furanyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzopyranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, chromonyl, coumarinyl, benzopyranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrazolopyridazinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, thienopyridinyl, furopyridinyl, pyrrolopyridinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, benzazepinyl, and the like. Exemplary tricyclic heterocyclic groups include carbazolyl, benzidolyl, phenanthrolinyl, dibenzofuranyl, acridinyl, phenanthridinyl, xanthenyl and the like.
- The term “heteroarylalkyl” as used herein alone or as part of another group refers to alkyl groups as defined above having a heteroaryl substituent.
- The terms “heterocycloalkyl” and, interchangeably, “heterocycle,” as used herein, alone or in combination, each refer to a saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic heterocyclic group containing at least one heteroatom as a ring member, wherein each said heteroatom may be independently chosen from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In certain embodiments, said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 1 to 4 heteroatoms as ring members. In further embodiments, said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 1 to 2 heteroatoms as ring members. In certain embodiments, said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 3 to 8 ring members in each ring. In further embodiments, said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 3 to 7 ring members in each ring. In yet further embodiments, said hetercycloalkyl will comprise from 5 to 6 ring members in each ring. “Heterocycloalkyl” and “heterocycle” are intended to include sulfones, sulfoxides, N-oxides of tertiary nitrogen ring members, and carbocyclic fused and benzo fused ring systems; additionally, both terms also include systems where a heterocycle ring is fused to an aryl group, as defined herein, or an additional heterocycle group. Examples of heterocycle groups include aziridinyl, azetidinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, dihydroisoindolyl, dihydroisoquinolinyl, dihydrocinnolinyl, dihydrobenzodioxinyl, dihydro[1,3]oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridinyl, benzothiazolyl, dihydroindolyl, dihy-dropyridinyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, imidazolidinyl, isoindolinyl, morpholinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, methylpiperazinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, diazepanyl, and the like. The heterocycle groups may be optionally substituted unless specifically prohibited.
- The term “hydrazinyl” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to two amino groups joined by a single bond, i.e., —N—N—.
- The term “hydroxy,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to —OH.
- The term “hydroxyalkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a hydroxy group attached to the parent molecular moiety through an alkyl group.
- The term “hydroxamic acid”, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to —C(═O)NHOH, wherein the parent molecular moiety is attached to the hydroxamic acid group by means of the carbon atom.
- The term “imino,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to ═N—.
- The term “iminohydroxy,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to ═N(OH) and ═N—O—.
- The phrase “in the main chain” refers to the longest contiguous or adjacent chain of carbon atoms starting at the point of attachment of a group to the compounds of any one of the formulas disclosed herein.
- The term “isocyanato” refers to a —NCO group.
- The term “isothiocyanato” refers to a —NCS group.
- The phrase “linear chain of atoms” refers to the longest straight chain of atoms independently selected from carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
- The term “lower,” as used herein, alone or in a combination, where not otherwise specifically defined, means containing from 1 to and including 6 carbon atoms.
- The term “lower aryl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, means phenyl or naphthyl, which may be optionally substituted as provided.
- The term “lower heteroaryl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, means either 1) monocyclic heteroaryl comprising five or six ring members, of which between one and four said members may be heteroatoms chosen from O, S, and N, or 2) bicyclic heteroaryl, wherein each of the fused rings comprises five or six ring members, comprising between them one to four heteroatoms chosen from O, S, and N.
- The term “lower cycloalkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, means a monocyclic cycloalkyl having between three and six ring members. Lower cycloalkyls may be unsaturated. Examples of lower cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
- The term “lower heterocycloalkyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, means a monocyclic heterocycloalkyl having between three and six ring members, of which between one and four may be heteroatoms chosen from O, S, and N. Examples of lower heterocycloalkyls include pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, and morpholinyl. Lower heterocycloalkyls may be unsaturated.
- The term “lower amino,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to —NRR′, wherein R and R are independently chosen from hydrogen, lower alkyl, and lower heteroalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted. Additionally, the R and R′ of a lower amino group may combine to form a five- or six-membered heterocycloalkyl, either of which may be optionally substituted.
- The term “mercaptyl” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an RS-group, where R is as defined herein.
- The term “nitro,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to —NO2.
- The terms “oxy” or “oxa,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to —O—.
- The term “oxo,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to ═O.
- The term “perhaloalkoxy” refers to an alkoxy group where all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms.
- The term “perhaloalkyl” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an alkyl group where all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced by halogen atoms.
- The term “phosphonate,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a —P(═O)(OR)2 group, wherein R is chosen from alkyl and aryl. The term “phosphonic acid”, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a —P(═OXOH)2 group.
- The term “phosphoramide”, as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a —P(═O)(NR)3 group, with R as defined herein.
- The terms “sulfonate,” “sulfonic acid,” and “sulfonic,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to the —SO3H group and its anion as the sulfonic acid is used in salt formation.
- The term “sulfanyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to —S—.
- The term “sulfinyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to —S(O)—.
- The term “sulfonyl,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to —S(O)2—.
- The term “N-sulfonamido” refers to a RS(═O)2NR′— group with R and R′ as defined herein.
- The term “S-sulfonamido” refers to a —S(═O)2NRR′, group, with R and R′ as defined herein.
- The terms “thia” and “thio,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refer to a —S— group or an ether wherein the oxygen is replaced with sulfur. The oxidized derivatives of the thio group, namely sulfinyl and sulfonyl, are included in the definition of thia and thio.
- The term “thiol,” as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an —SH group.
- The term “thiocarbonyl,” as used herein, when alone includes thioformyl —C(S)H and in combination is a —C(S)— group.
- The term “N-thiocarbamyl” refers to an ROC(S)NR′— group, with R and R′ as defined herein.
- The term “O-thiocarbamyl” refers to a —OC(S)NRR′, group with R and R′ as defined herein.
- The term “thiocyanato” refers to a —CNS group.
- The term “trihalomethoxy” refers to a X3CO— group where X is a halogen.
- Any definition herein may be used in combination with any other definition to describe a composite structural group. By convention, the trailing element of any such definition is that which attaches to the parent moiety. For example, the composite group alkylamido would represent an alkyl group attached to the parent molecule through an amido group, and the term alkoxyalkyl would represent an alkoxy group attached to the parent molecule through an alkyl group.
- When a group is defined to be “null,” what is meant is that said group is absent. Similarly, when a designation such as “n” which may be chosen from a group or range of integers is designated to be 0, then the group which it designates is either absent, if in a terminal position, or condenses to form a bond, if it falls between two other groups.
- The term “optionally substituted” means the anteceding group may be substituted or unsubstituted. When substituted, the substituents of an “optionally substituted” group may include, without limitation, one or more substituents independently selected from the following groups or a particular designated set of groups, alone or in combination: lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, lower alkanoyl, lower heteroalkyl, lower heterocycloalkyl, lower haloalkyl, lower haloalkenyl, lower haloalkynyl, lower perhaloalkyl, lower perhaloalkoxy, lower cycloalkyl, phenyl, aryl, aryloxy, lower alkoxy, lower haloalkoxy, oxo, lower acyloxy, carbonyl, carboxyl, lower alkylcarbonyl, lower carboxyester, lower carboxamido, cyano, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, amino, lower alkylamino, arylamino, amido, nitro, thiol, lower alkylthio, lower haloalkylthio, lower perhaloalkylthio, arylthio, sulfonate, sulfonic acid, trisubstituted silyl, N3, SH, SCH3, C(O)CH3, CO2CH3, CO2H, pyridinyl, thiophene, furanyl, lower carbamate, and lower urea. Two substituents may be joined together to form a fused five-, six-, or seven-membered carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring consisting of zero to three heteroatoms, for example forming methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy. An optionally substituted group may be unsubstituted (e.g., —CH2CH3), fully substituted (e.g., —CF2CF3), monosubstituted (e.g., —CH2CH2F) or substituted at a level anywhere in-between fully substituted and monosubstituted (e.g., —CH2CF3). Where substituents are recited without qualification as to substitution, both substituted and unsubstituted forms are encompassed. Where a substituent is qualified as “substituted,” the substituted form is specifically intended. Additionally, different sets of optional substituents to a particular moiety may be defined as needed; in these cases, the optional substitution will be as defined, often immediately following the phrase, “optionally substituted with.”
- The term R or the term R′, appearing by itself and without a number designation, unless otherwise defined, refers to a moiety chosen from hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocycloalkyl, any of which may be optionally substituted. Such R and R′ groups should be understood to be optionally substituted as defined herein. Whether an R group has a number designation or not, every R group, including R, R′ and R″ where n=(1, 2, 3, . . . n), every substituent, and every term should be understood to be independent of every other in terms of selection from a group. Should any variable, substituent, or term (e.g. aryl, heterocycle, R, etc.) occur more than one time in a formula or generic structure, its definition at each occurrence is independent of the definition at every other occurrence. Those of skill in the art will further recognize that certain groups may be attached to a parent molecule or may occupy a position in a chain of elements from either end as written. Thus, by way of example only, an unsymmetrical group such as —C(O)N(R)— may be attached to the parent moiety at either the carbon or the nitrogen.
- Asymmetric centers exist in the compounds disclosed herein. These centers are designated according to the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog priority rules by the symbols “R” or “S,” depending on the configuration of substituents around the chiral carbon atom. It should be understood that the invention encompasses all stereochemical isomeric forms, including diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms, as well as d-isomers and 1-isomers, and mixtures thereof. Individual stereoisomers of compounds can be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials which contain chiral centers or by preparation of mixtures of enantiomeric products followed by separation such as conversion to a mixture of diastereomers followed by separation or recrystallization, chromatographic techniques, direct separation of enantiomers on chiral chromatographic columns, or any other appropriate method known in the art. Starting compounds of particular stereochemistry are either commercially available or can be made and resolved by techniques known in the art. Additionally, the compounds disclosed herein may exist as geometric isomers. The present invention includes all cis, trans, syn, anti, entgegen (E), and zusammen (Z) isomers as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof. Additionally, compounds may exist as tautomers; all tautomeric isomers are provided by this invention. Additionally, the compounds disclosed herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms.
- The term “bond” refers to a covalent linkage between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the bond are considered to be part of larger substructure. A bond may be single, double, or triple unless otherwise specified. A dashed line between two atoms in a drawing of a molecule indicates that an additional bond may be present or absent at that position.
- The term “disease” as used herein is intended to be generally synonymous, and is used interchangeably with, the terms “disorder” and “condition” (as in medical condition), in that all reflect an abnormal condition of the human or animal body or of one of its parts that impairs normal functioning, is typically manifested by distinguishing signs and symptoms, and causes the human or animal to have a reduced duration or quality of life.
- The compounds disclosed herein can exist as therapeutically acceptable salts. The present invention includes compounds listed above in the form of salts, including acid addition salts. Suitable salts include those formed with both organic and inorganic acids. Such acid addition salts will normally be pharmaceutically acceptable. However, salts of non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be of utility in the preparation and purification of the compound in question. Basic addition salts may also be formed and be pharmaceutically acceptable. For a more complete discussion of the preparation and selection of salts, refer to Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use (Stahl, P. Heinrich. Wiley-VCHA, Zurich, Switzerland, 2002).
- The term “therapeutically acceptable salt,” as used herein, represents salts or zwitterionic forms of the compounds disclosed herein which are water or oil-soluble or dispersible and therapeutically acceptable as defined herein. The salts can be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds or separately by reacting the appropriate compound in the form of the free base with a suitable acid. Representative acid addition salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, L-ascorbate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate (besylate), bisulfate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, digluconate, formate, fumarate, gentisate, glutarate, glycerophosphate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hippurate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethansulfonate (isethionate), lactate, maleate, malonate, DL-mandelate, mesitylenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, naphthylenesulfonate, nicotinate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylproprionate, phosphonate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, pyroglutamate, succinate, sulfonate, tartrate, L-tartrate, trichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate, phosphate, glutamate, bicarbonate, para-toluenesulfonate (p-tosylate), and undecanoate. Also, basic groups in the compounds disclosed herein can be quaternized with methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides, and iodides; dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates; decyl, lauryl, myristyl, and steryl chlorides, bromides, and iodides; and benzyl and phenethyl bromides. Examples of acids which can be employed to form therapeutically acceptable addition salts include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, and phosphoric, and organic acids such as oxalic, maleic, succinic, and citric. Salts can also be formed by coordination of the compounds with an alkali metal or alkaline earth ion. Hence, the present invention contemplates sodium, potassium, magnesium, and calcium salts of the compounds disclosed herein, and the like.
- Basic addition salts can be prepared during the final isolation and purification of the compounds by reaction of a carboxy group with a suitable base such as the hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of a metal cation or with ammonia or an organic primary, secondary, or tertiary amine. The cations of therapeutically acceptable salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum, as well as nontoxic quaternary amine cations such as ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, diethylamine, ethylamine, tributylamine, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylmorpholine, dicyclohexylamine, procaine, dibenzylamine, N,N-dibenzylphenethylamine, 1-ephenamine, and N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine. Other representative organic amines useful for the formation of base addition salts include ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperidine, and piperazine.
- A salt of a compound can be made by reaction of the appropriate compound, in the form of the free base, with the appropriate acid.
- The compounds disclosed herein can exist as polymorphs and other distinct solid forms such as solvates, hydrates, and the like. A compound may be a polymorph, solvate, or hydrate of a salt or of the free base or acid.
- The present disclosure provides methods for synthesizing N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl] amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide and related compounds.
- In one embodiment the invention provides a process for preparing compounds of Formula IV:
- or a salt, polymorph, or solvate thereof, wherein:
-
- n is 1 or 2;
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- R4 is hydrogen;
- R5 is chosen from aryl and heteroaryl, any of which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- each R6 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cyano, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, CONHR7, and CONR7R8; and
- R7 and R8 are independently chosen from hydrogen, and lower alkyl; or
- R7 and R8 may be taken together to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with lower alkyl;
comprising reacting a compound of Formula II:
- or a salt thereof; wherein:
-
- R5 is chosen from aryl and heteroaryl, any of which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- wherein R6 is defined as above;
with a compound of Formula III:
- or a salt thereof; wherein:
-
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
under reductive amination reaction conditions.
- In certain embodiments, n is 1.
- In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 are taken together to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups.
- In certain embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is chosen from:
- In certain embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is:
- In certain embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups chosen from alkyl and oxo.
- In certain embodiments, R5 is phenyl, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups.
- In certain embodiments R5 is:
- wherein R6b is chosen from halogen and alkoxy.
- In certain embodiments, R6b is chosen from fluoro and methoxy.
- In certain embodiments, R6b is fluoro.
- In certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl.
- In certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of:
- In certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted with
- In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula IV is Compound 7:
- In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula II is Compound 9:
- In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula III is Compound 6:
- The reductive amination conditions that may be used in the present invention are known to those of skill in the art of organic synthesis. Examples of such reaction conditions may be found, by way of non-limiting example, in: M. Taibakhsh, R. Hosseinzadeh, H. Alinezhad, S. Ghahari, A. Heydari, S. Khaksar, Synthesis, 2011, 490-496; A. F. Abdel-Magid, K. G. Carson, B. D. Harris, C. A. Maryanoff, R. D. Shah, J. Org. Chem., 1996, 61, 3849-3862; and O. S. Nayal, V. Bhatt, S. Sharma, N. Kumar, J. Org. Chem., 2015, 80, 5912-5918. In certain embodiments, the reductive amination conditions comprise reacting the compound of Formula II with the compound of Formula III in the presence of a borohydride reducing agent. In certain embodiments, the borohydride reducing agent is NaBH4. In certain embodiments, the borohydride reducing agent is NaBH(OAc)3.
- In certain embodiments, the reductive amination is performed in a solvent selected from a lower carbinol, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, and acetonitrile.
- In certain embodiments, the reductive amination is performed in a solvent comprising a lower carbinol.
- In certain embodiments the lower carbinol is methanol.
- In certain embodiments the lower carbinol is part of a co-solvent mixture.
- In certain embodiments the co-solvent mixture comprises methanol and tetrahydrofuran. In some embodiments, the co-solvent mixture consists of a 2:1 (v:v) mixture of methanol and tetrahydrofuran.
- In certain embodiments NaBH4 is added to a mixture of Compound § and Compound 9 in a mixture of methanol and tetrahydrofuran which has been cooled to −5±5° C.
- In certain embodiments NaBH4 is added to a mixture of Compound § and Compound 9 in a mixture of methanol and tetrahydrofuran which has been cooled to −10±5° C.
- In some embodiments, at most 1.1 equivalents of Compound 2, relative to Compound 6, is used.
- In some embodiments, at most 1.0 equivalents of Compound 2, relative to Compound 6, is used.
- In certain embodiments the NaBH4 is added in portions while maintaining the reaction mixture temperature at less than 22° C.
- In certain embodiments the NaBH4 is added in at least 5 portions spaced at least 15 minutes apart.
- In certain embodiments the reaction mixture is stirred at 20±5° C. following completion of the addition of NaBH4 in portions.
- In certain embodiments the reaction mixture is stirred at 20±5° C. for at least 1 hour.
- In certain embodiments the reaction mixture is stirred at 20±5° C. for at least 3 hours.
- In certain embodiments the reductive amination further comprises the steps of:
-
- 1) stirring the reaction mixture until Compound 7 is present at least 75 area % by HPLC analysis;
- 2) quenching the reaction mixture by the addition of saturated NH4Cl; and
- 3) concentrating the resulting mixture.
- In certain embodiments, the reductive amination further comprises the steps of:
-
- 1) partitioning the product after between an aqueous phase and an IPAc phase;
- 2) adjusting the pH of the aqueous phase to 9-10 by the addition of NaOH;
- 3) separating the IPAc phase;
- 4) extracting the aqueous phase with IPAc; and
- 5) obtaining Compound 2 from the combined IPAc phases.
- In certain embodiments, the HPLC method used to determine the area % of Compound 7 in the reductive amination reaction mixture is Test Method TM.04762, as disclosed herein.
- Also provided is a process for preparing a compound of Formula III comprising reducing a thioester of Formula I:
- wherein:
-
- n is 1 or 2;
- m is 0-12;
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
to provide an aldehyde of Formula III.
- In certain embodiments, n is 1.
- In certain embodiments, m is 11.
- In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 are taken together to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups.
- In certain embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is chosen from:
- In certain embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is:
- In certain embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups chosen from alkyl and oxo.
- In certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl.
- In certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of:
- In certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted with
- In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is Compound 5.
- The reduction conditions that may be used in the present invention to reduce thioesters of Formula I to aldehydes of Formula III are known to those of skill in the art of organic synthesis. Examples of such reaction conditions may be found, by way of non-limiting example, in: T. Fukuyma, H. Tokuyama, Aldrichimica Acta 2004, 37, 87.
- In some embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I utilizes a silane reducing agent. In some embodiments, the silane reducing agent is triethylsilane. In some embodiments, 4.0 equivalents of triethylsilane, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used.
- In some embodiments, the reduction further comprises palladium on carbon. In certain embodiments, the reduction may be carried out as described by Fukuyama et al.: H. Tokuyama, S. Yokoshima, S.-C. Lin, L. Li, T. Fukuyama, Synthesis, 2002, 1121-1123.
- In some embodiments, the reduction further comprises a Pd(0) catalyst. In some embodiments, the Pd(0) catalyst is palladium on carbon. In some embodiments, the palladium on carbon is anhydrous. In some embodiments, about 2.5% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used. In some embodiments, about 5% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used. In some embodiments, about 7.5% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used. In some embodiments, about 10% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used.
- In some embodiments, the palladium on carbon is an eggshell catalyst. In some embodiments, the palladium on carbon is an unreduced eggshell catalyst. In some embodiments, the palladium on carbon is a completely reduced eggshell catalyst. In some embodiments, about 5% (w/w) of eggshell catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used. In some embodiments, about 10% (w/w) of eggshell catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used.
- In some embodiments, the reduction further comprises a Pd(II) catalyst. In some embodiments, the Pd(II) catalyst is Pd(OH)2. In some embodiments, the Pd(II) catalyst is Pd(OAc)2.
- In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I is carried out in a solvent selected from glacial acetic acid, tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, and acetone. In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I is carried out in a co-solvent mixture of glacial acetic acid and tetrahydrofuran.
- In some embodiments, the reduction step further utilizes glacial acetic acid. In some embodiments, at least 0.5 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to I*HX, is used. In some embodiments, at least 1.0 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to I*HX, is used. In some embodiments, at least 1.1 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to I*HX, is used. In some embodiments, at least 1.2 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to I*HX, is used.
- In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I comprises adding triethylsilane to a mixture of Compound 5 and palladium on carbon in tetrahydrofuran and glacial acetic acid.
- In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I comprises adding triethylsilane to a mixture of Compound 5 and palladium on carbon in tetrahydrofuran and glacial acetic acid, wherein said mixture has been cooled to 5±5° C.
- In certain embodiments the triethylsilane is added over at least 30 minutes.
- In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I further comprises allowing the reaction mixture to warm to about 20° C. over about 1.5 hours following the addition of triethylsilane.
- In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I further comprises stirring the reaction mixture at 15±5° C. for at least 3 hrs.
- In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula I further comprises the steps of:
-
- 1) stirring the reaction mixture until Compound 5 is present at less than 5 area % by HPLC analysis;
- 2) filtering and concentrating the resulting mixture.
- In certain embodiments, the HPLC method used to determine the area % of Compound 5 in the reaction mixture is Test Method TM.04760, as disclosed herein.
- In some embodiments, III is obtained as a solid. In some embodiments, solid III is obtained from a solvent comprising one or more of: EtOAc, MTBE, and heptane. In some embodiments, solid III is obtained from a solvent consisting of EtOAc, MTBE, and heptane. In some embodiments, solid III is obtained by adding a solution of III in EtOAc to a mixture of MTBE and heptane. In some embodiments, solid III is obtained by adding a solution of III in EtOAc to a 1:1 (v:v) mixture of MTBE and heptane.
- Also provided are methods for preparing a compound of Formula III from an acid salt of thioester of Formula I, designated I*HX, comprising: 1) a free base step, comprising reaction of the salt I*HX with a base, to form the corresponding free base I, and 2) a reduction step, comprising a method for reducing a thioester of Formula I to provide a compound of Formula III, as disclosed herein.
- In some embodiments, the free base step is performed in a solvent mixture comprising MTBE and H2O. In some embodiments, Na2CO3 is used in the free base step. In some embodiments, free base I is obtained as a solid. In some embodiments, free base I is obtained as a solid by addition of n-heptane to a solution of free base I in MTBE and H2O. In some embodiments, solid free base I is washed with n-heptane.
- In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I*HX is Compound 5*HCl.
- Also provided are methods for preparing thioesters of Formula I, comprising reacting a carboxylic acid compound of Formula V with a thiol compound of Formula VI:
- wherein
-
- n is 1 or 2;
- m is 0-12;
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
with an appropriate coupling agent.
- In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 are taken together to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups.
- In certain embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is chosen from:
- In certain embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is:
- In certain embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups chosen from alkyl and oxo.
- In certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl.
- In certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of:
- In certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted with
- In certain embodiments, n is 1.
- In certain embodiments, m is 11.
- Coupling agents for condensing carboxylate groups with amines, alcohols and thiols to provide amides, esters and thioesters are well known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis. Examples may be found in: Montalbetti and Falque, Tetrahedron 2005, 61, 10827-10852; T. M. Vishwanatha, M. Samarasimhareddy, V. V. Sureshbabu, Synlett, 2012, 23, 89-92; B. Neises, W. Steglich, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 1978, 17, 522-524, and elsewhere.
- In certain embodiments, the coupling agent for the reaction of the compound is 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDCI), or a salt thereof. In some embodiments, the coupling agent is the hydrochloride salt of EDCI. In some embodiments, at most 1.5 equivalents of EDCI, relative to V, is used. In some embodiments, at most 1.2 equivalents of EDCI, relative to V, is used. In some embodiments, at most 1.1 equivalents of EDCI, relative to V, is used.
- In some embodiments, the reaction between the compound of Formula V and the compound of Formula VI further comprises 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP). In some embodiments, DMAP is present in a catalytic amount. In some embodiments, at most 0.2 equivalents of DMAP, relative to V, is used. In some embodiments, at most 0.1 equivalents of DMAP, relative to V, is used. In some embodiments, at most 0.05 equivalents of DMAP, relative to V, is used.
- In some embodiments, the reaction between the compound of Formula V and the compound of Formula VI is carried out in a halogenated aliphatic solvent. In some embodiments, the reaction is carried out in DCM.
- Also provided are methods for preparing acid salts of thioesters of Formula I, comprising 1) a thioester formation step, comprising a method for synthesis of a thioester of Formula I, as disclosed herein, and 2) a salt formation step, comprising reaction with acid HX, to form the corresponding salt of Formula I, designated I*HX:
- In certain embodiments, the thioester formation step is followed directly by the salt formation step. In certain embodiments, the thioester of Formula I formed in the thioester formation step is carried directly to the salt formation step without isolation of the thioester of Formula I.
- In some embodiments, the thioester formation step is performed in solution. In some embodiments, the thioester formation step is performed in DCM solution. In some embodiments, the solution is reduced in volume before the salt formation step.
- In some embodiments, the salt formation step is performed in a solvent comprising one or more of: ethanol and acetonitrile. In some embodiments, the salt formation step is performed in a solvent consisting of ethanol and acetonitrile.
- In some embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring comprises a basic nitrogen.
- In some embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring is piperidine, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups.
- In some embodiments. m in Formula VI is 11.
- In some embodiments, the acid HX is a mineral acid.
- In some embodiments, the mineral acid is HCl. In some embodiments, the mineral acid is added to the reaction mixture as an ethanolic solution.
- In some embodiments, I*HX is a solid.
- In some embodiments, I*HX is obtained from the reaction mixture by filtration. In some embodiments, the solid I*HX is washed with acetonitrile.
- Also provided are methods for preparing a compound of Formula V wherein n is 1 (compounds of Formula XII) from glutamic acid, comprising the steps:
- a. reacting a protected glutamate ester VII with an appropriate heterocycle VIII to provide a compound of Formula IX:
- wherein:
-
- P is a monovalent nitrogen protecting group;
- Rx is an alkyl group; and
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
b. removing the protecting group from the glutamate amino group of the compound of Formula IX to provide a compound of Formula X:
- c. reacting the compound of Formula X with an appropriate substituted benzoic acid to provide a compound of Formula XI:
- wherein:
-
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
and
d. converting the ester group of the compound of Formula XI to a carboxylic acid to provide a compound of Formula XII:
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- In certain embodiments, Rx is methyl.
- Monovalent nitrogen protecting groups suitable for use as P in the present invention are well known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis, and are described for example in T. W. Green, P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1999, pp. 503-507, 518-525, 531-537, 550-558, 564-566, 579-580, 583-584, 586-590, 604-607, 736-747, and elsewhere. In certain embodiments, P is tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc).
- In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 are taken together to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups.
- In certain embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is chosen from:
- In certain embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is:
- In certain embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups chosen from alkyl and oxo.
- In certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl.
- In certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of:
- In certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted with
- In certain embodiments, the reaction of a carboxylic acid of Formula VII with a heterocycle of Formula VIII is performed by first treating the compound of Formula VII with 4-methylmorpholine and pivaloyl chloride in a solvent.
- In certain embodiments, 4-methylmorpholine and pivaloyl chloride are present in equimolar amounts relative to the compound of Formula VII.
- In certain embodiments, the solvent is IPA. In certain embodiments, IPA is used in the amount of 10 volumes relative to the compound of Formula VII.
- In certain embodiments, the mixture of the compound of Formula VII, pivaloyl chloride, and 4-methylmorpholine is stirred in IPA for 2 hrs at −5-5° C. before adding the heterocycle of Formula VIII. In certain embodiments, the mixture of the compound of Formula VII, pivaloyl chloride, 4-methylmorpholine, and heterocycle of Formula VIII in IPA is stirred at 0-5° C. for 1 hour before quenching with aqueous 5% NaHCO3.
- Removal of the nitrogen protecting group may be done using reaction condition appropriate for the particular protecting group. Such conditions are known to those of skill in the art of organic synthesis, and may be found for example in the cited pages from Green et al., cited previously herein.
- In certain embodiments, the removal of the nitrogen protecting group from the compound of Formula IX is done under acidic conditions. In certain embodiments, the acidic conditions comprise adding 1.5 M HCl in ethyl acetate (EtOAc) to an EtOAc solution of the compound of Formula IX.
- In certain embodiments, the EtOAc solution of the compound of Formula IX is cooled to 0-5° C. before adding 1.5 M HCl in ethyl acetate (EtOAc). In certain embodiments, the reaction mixture is stirred for at least 12 hours after adding the HCl solution. In certain embodiments, HCl gas is passed through the reaction mixture to complete the removal of the nitrogen protecting group.
- In certain embodiments, the removal of the nitrogen protecting group from the compound of Formula IX is done in a solvent comprising one or more of: sulfolane and dioxane. In certain embodiments, the solvent comprises both sulfolane and dioxane. In certain embodiments, the compound of formula X is obtained as a solid. In certain embodiments, solid compound of formula X is obtained by adding a solution of the compound into a quantity of methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE). In certain embodiments, the compound of formula X is washed with MTBE.
- Coupling agents for condensing carboxylate groups with amines, alcohols and thiols to provide amides, esters and thioesters are well known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis, as noted previously. Examples of suitable reagents and methods may be found, for example, in the literature references previously cited herein. Such coupling agents and conditions may be used to couple substituted benzoic acids with compounds of Formula X to provide compounds of Formula XI.
- In certain embodiments, the reaction of the compound of Formula X with a substituted benzoic acid is performed using 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) together with hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt).
- In certain embodiments, the coupling reaction to furnish the compound of Formula XI is performed in THF as the solvent. In certain embodiments, 13 volumes of THF are used relative to the compound of Formula X.
- In certain embodiments, the coupling reaction to furnish the compound of Formula XI is performed in DCM as the solvent. In certain embodiments, 25 volumes of DCM are used relative to the compound of Formula X.
- In certain embodiments, 4-methylmorpholine is added to the solution of the compound of Formula X in THF before adding the substituted benzoic acid. EDC and HOBt.
- In certain embodiments, 4-methylmorpholine is added to the solution of the compound of Formula X in THF and the resulting solution is cooled to below 10° C. before adding the substituted benzoic acid. In certain embodiments, the solution is stirred at below 10° C. for about 30 minutes. In certain embodiments, EDC and HOBt are added to the stirred solution at below 10° C. after adding 4-methylmorpholine and the substituted benzoic acid and stirring.
- In certain embodiments. the mixture of EDC, HOBt, substituted benzoic acid, and compound of Formula X is stirred at 10-20° C. for at least 15 hrs.
- In certain embodiments, the isolation of the compound of Formula XI comprises the steps of:
- a. diluting the reaction mixture with ethyl acetate;
- b. adding sufficient 6 M NaOH aqueous solution to adjust the pH to 9-10;
- c. adding 0.5 w/w of sodium chloride;
- d. separating the phases and extracting the aqueous layer with EtOAc; and
- e. drying and concentrating the combined organic layers.
- In certain embodiments, the isolation of the compound of Formula XI comprises the steps of:
- a. adding sufficient 10 wt % Na2CO3 aqueous solution to adjust the pH to 9-10;
- b. adding aqueous NaCl;
- c. adding IPAc;
- d. adding n-heptane;
- e. removing the solid that is formed; and
- f. washing the solid with n-heptane.
- Hydrolysis of the Rx ester moiety of the compound of Formula XI to provide the carboxylate of Formula XII may be done by standard methods for the hydrolysis of esters as are well known to those of skill in organic synthesis.
- In certain embodiments, hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done under base conditions.
- In certain embodiments, the hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI is done in a solvent comprising a lower carbinol. In some embodiments the lower carbinol is methanol. In some embodiments, the solvent for the hydrolysis comprises methanol and THF.
- In certain embodiments the hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI comprises adding 1 M NaOH aqueous solution to a solution of the compound of Formula XI in THF and methanol which has been cooled to −10° C.
- In some embodiments, THF and methanol are each present in the amount of about 2.2 volumes relative to the compound of Formula XI.
- In some embodiments, 1 M NaOH aqueous solution is added to the solution of the compound of Formula XI in THF and methanol while keeping the temperature below 10° C. In some embodiments the reaction mixture is stirred for about 6 hrs below 10° C. after adding the 1 M NaOH.
- In certain embodiments, the isolation of the compound of Formula XII comprises the steps of:
-
- a. diluting the reaction mixture with heptanes;
- b. separating the phases and treating the aqueous phase with AMBERLITE® IR120 to adjust the pH to 6.3;
- c. stirring the aqueous phase for 30 minutes;
- d. filtering the aqueous phase and washing the filter cake with THF; and
- e. concentrating the filtrate to obtain the compound of Formula XII.
- In certain embodiments, hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done in substantially anhydrous conditions.
- In certain embodiments, hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done with Me3SiOK.
- In certain embodiments, hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done in tetrahydrofuran.
- In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XII is obtained as a solid. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XII is obtained from a solvent comprising one or more of: MeOH and CH3CN. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XII is obtained from a solvent consisting of MeOH and CH3CN. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XII is obtained from a solvent consisting of a 1:2 (v:v) mixture of MeOH and CH3CN.
- Also provided is a process for preparing the bis-tosylate salt (Compound 8) of N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl]amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide (Compound 7), comprising:
- adding a solution of p-toluenesulfonic acid hydrate in THF to a stirred solution of Compound 2 in THF and IPA.
- In certain embodiments the reaction mixture temperature is 25±5° C.
- In certain embodiments 2.5 equivalents of p-toluenesulfonic acid hydrate relative to Compound 7 are added to the solution of Compound 2 in THF and IPA.
- In certain embodiments the total volume of THF and IPA combined is about 12 volumes.
- In certain embodiments the mixture of Compound 7 and p-toluenesulfonic acid hydrate in THF and IPA is stirred for at least 15 hours.
- In certain embodiments the process for preparing the bis-tosylate salt (Compound 8) of N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl]amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide (Compound 7) further comprises the steps of:
-
- a. filtering the reaction mixture; and
- b. washing the filter cake with IPA; and
- c. drying the filter cake at 35±5° C. under vacuum for at least 15 hours.
- In certain embodiments about 4 volumes of IPA are used to wash the filter cake.
- In certain embodiments the process for preparing the bis-tosylate salt (Compound 8) of N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl]amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide (Compound 7) further comprises recrystallizing the filter cake from methanol.
- In certain embodiments between about 10 and about 20 volumes of methanol relative to the filter cake are used for the recrystallization.
- In certain embodiments the process for preparing the bis-tosylate salt (Compound l) of N-[2S)-1-(4-(methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-5-[[(1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-cyclopropyl]amino]-1-oxopentan-2-yl]-4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzamide (Compound 7) further comprises the step of recrystallizing the filter cake from a mixture of methanol and ethyl acetate.
- In certain embodiments about 5 volumes of methanol and about 5 volumes of ethyl acetate relative to the filter cake are used for the recrystallization.
- In certain embodiments the mixture of the filter cake in methanol and acetate is heated to 50±5° C. and stirred for at least 3 hrs.
- Certain embodiments further comprise cooling the mixture to 25±5° C. and stirring for at least 3 hrs before filtering.
- Also provided are methods for preparing a compound of Formula IV wherein n is 1 (compounds of Formula XVI) from glutamic acid, comprising the steps:
- a. reacting a protected glutamate ester VII with an appropriate heterocycle VIII to provide a compound of Formula IX:
- wherein:
-
- P is a monovalent nitrogen protecting group;
- Rx is an alkyl group; and
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
b. removing the protecting group from the glutamate amino group of the compound of Formula IX to provide a compound of Formula X:
- wherein:
-
- P is a monovalent nitrogen protecting group;
- Rx is an alkyl group; and
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
c. reacting the compound of Formula X with an appropriate substituted benzoic acid to provide a compound of Formula XI:
- wherein:
-
- Rx is an alkyl group; and
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
d. converting the ester group of the compound of Formula XI to a carboxylic acid to provide a compound of Formula XII:
- wherein:
-
- Rx is an alkyl group; and
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
e. converting the compound of Formula XII to the compound of Formula XIII, comprising 1) a thioester formation step, comprising reaction with the compound of Formula VI, and 2) a salt formation step, comprising reaction with HX:
- wherein:
-
- m is 0-12;
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl; and
- wherein R6 is as defined above;
f. converting the compound of Formula XIII to the compound of formula XIV, comprising: 1) a free base step, comprising reaction of the salt XIII with a base, and 2) a reduction step:
- wherein:
-
- m is 0-12;
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl; and wherein R6 is as defined above;
g. converting the compound of Formula XIV to the compound of Formula XV, by reaction with a compound of Formula II under reductive amination conditions:
- wherein:
-
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- R5 is chosen from aryl and heteroaryl, any of which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- wherein R6 is defined as above;
and
h. converting the compound of Formula XV to the compound of Formula XVI, by reaction with an acid compound HX:
- wherein:
-
- R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen to which they attach, form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl ring, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups; and
- R3 is phenyl substituted with halogen, cyano, or heteroaryl;
- R5 is chosen from aryl and heteroaryl, any of which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups;
- wherein R6 is as defined above.
- In certain embodiments, Rx is methyl.
- In certain embodiments, the monovalent nitrogen protecting group is a carbamate protecting group.
- In certain embodiments, the carbamate protecting group is chosen from Boc, CBz, and Fmoc.
- In certain embodiments, the carbamate protecting group is Boc.
- In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 are taken together to form a nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl, which may be optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups.
- In certain embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is chosen from:
- In certain embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is:
- In certain embodiments, the nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with between 0 and 3 R6 groups chosen from alkyl and oxo.
- In certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl.
- In certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted with heteroaryl selected from the group consisting of:
- In certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted with
- In certain embodiments, the reaction of a carboxylic acid of Formula VII with a heterocycle of Formula VIII is performed by first treating the compound of Formula VII with 4-methylmorpholine and pivaloyl chloride in a solvent.
- In certain embodiments, 4-methylmorpholine and pivaloyl chloride are present in equimolar amounts relative to the compound of Formula VII.
- In certain embodiments, the solvent is IPA. In certain embodiments, IPA is used in the amount of 10 volumes relative to the compound of Formula VII.
- Removal of the nitrogen protecting group may be done using reaction condition appropriate for the particular protecting group. Such conditions are known to those of skill in the art of organic synthesis, and may be found for example in the cited pages from Green et al., cited previously herein.
- In certain embodiments, the removal of the nitrogen protecting group from the compound of Formula IX is done under acidic conditions. In certain embodiments, the acidic conditions comprise adding 1.5 M HCl in ethyl acetate (EtOAc) to an EtOAc solution of the compound of Formula IX.
- In certain embodiments, the removal of the nitrogen protecting group from the compound of Formula IX is done in a solvent comprising one or more of: sulfolane and dioxane. In certain embodiments, the solvent comprises both sulfolane and dioxane. In certain embodiments, the compound of formula X is obtained as a solid. In certain embodiments, solid compound of formula X is obtained by adding a solution of the compound into a quantity of methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE). In certain embodiments, the compound of formula X is washed with MTBE.
- In certain embodiments, the reaction of the compound of Formula X with a substituted benzoic acid is performed using 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) together with hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt).
- In certain embodiments, the coupling reaction to furnish the compound of Formula XI is performed in THF as the solvent. In certain embodiments, 13 volumes of THF are used relative to the compound of Formula X.
- In certain embodiments, the coupling reaction to furnish the compound of Formula XI is performed in DCM as the solvent. In certain embodiments, 25 volumes of DCM are used relative to the compound of Formula X.
- In certain embodiments. 4-methylmorpholine is added to the solution of the compound of Formula X in THF before adding the substituted benzoic acid, EDC and HOBt.
- In certain embodiments, 4-methylmorpholine is added to the solution of the compound of Formula X in THF and the resulting solution is cooled to below 10° C. before adding the substituted benzoic acid. In certain embodiments, the solution is stirred at below 10° C. for about 30 minutes. In certain embodiments. EDC and HOBt are added to the stirred solution at below 10° C. after adding 4-methylmorpholine and the substituted benzoic acid and stirring.
- In certain embodiments, the mixture of EDC, HOBt, substituted benzoic acid, and compound of Formula X is stirred at 10-20° C. for at least 15 hrs.
- In certain embodiments, the isolation of the compound of Formula XI comprises the steps of:
-
- a. adding sufficient 10 wt % Na2CO3 aqueous solution to adjust the pH to 9-10;
- b. adding aqueous NaCl;
- c. adding IPAc;
- d. adding n-heptane;
- e. removing the solid that is formed; and
- f. washing the solid with n-heptane.
- Hydrolysis of the Rx ester moiety of the compound of Formula XI to provide the carboxylate of Formula XII may be done by standard methods for the hydrolysis of esters as are well known to those of skill in organic synthesis.
- In certain embodiments, hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done under base conditions.
- In certain embodiments, hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done in substantially anhydrous conditions.
- In certain embodiments, hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done with Me3SiOK.
- In certain embodiments, hydrolysis of the compound of Formula XI to provide the compound of Formula XII is done in tetrahydrofuran.
- In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XII is obtained as a solid. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XII is obtained from a solvent comprising one or more of: MeOH and CH3CN. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XII is obtained from a solvent consisting of MeOH and CH3CN. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula XII is obtained from a solvent consisting of a 1:2 (v:v) mixture of MeOH and CH3CN.
- In certain embodiments, the coupling agent for the reaction of the compound of Formula XII is 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDCI), or a salt thereof. In some embodiments. the coupling agent is the hydrochloride salt of EDCI. In some embodiments, at most 1.5 equivalents of EDCI, relative to XII, is used. In some embodiments, at most 1.2 equivalents of EDCI, relative to XII, is used. In some embodiments, at most 1.1 equivalents of EDCI, relative to XII, is used.
- In some embodiments, the reaction between the compound of Formula XII and the compound of Formula VI further comprises 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP). In some embodiments, DMAP is present in a catalytic amount. In some embodiments, at most 0.2 equivalents of DMAP, relative to V, is used. In some embodiments, at most 0.1 equivalents of DMAP, relative to V, is used. In some embodiments, at most 0.05 equivalents of DMAP, relative to V, is used.
- In some embodiments, the reaction between the compound of Formula XII and the compound of Formula VI is carried out in a halogenated aliphatic solvent. In some embodiments, the reaction is carried out in DCM.
- In some embodiments, the free base step is performed in a solvent mixture comprising MTBE and H2O. In some embodiments, Na2CO3 is used in the free base step. In some embodiments, free base XIII is obtained as a solid. In some embodiments, free base XIII is obtained as a solid by addition of n-heptane to a solution of free base I in MTBE and H2O. In some embodiments, solid free base XIII is washed with n-heptane.
- In some embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII utilizes a silane reducing agent. In some embodiments, the silane reducing agent is triethylsilane. In some embodiments, 4.0 equivalents of triethylsilane, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used.
- In some embodiments, the reduction further comprises palladium on carbon. In certain embodiments, the reduction may be carried out as described by Fukuyama et al.: H. Tokuyama, S. Yokoshima, S.-C. Lin, L. Li, T. Fukuyama, Synthesis, 2002, 1121-1123.
- In some embodiments, the reduction further comprises a Pd(0) catalyst. In some embodiments, the Pd(0) catalyst is palladium on carbon. In some embodiments, the palladium on carbon is anhydrous. In some embodiments, about 2.5% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula XIII, is used. In some embodiments, about 5% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula XIII, is used. In some embodiments, about 7.5% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula XIII, is used. In some embodiments, about 10% (w/w) of palladium on carbon catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula XIII, is used.
- In some embodiments, the palladium on carbon is an eggshell catalyst. In some embodiments, the palladium on carbon is an unreduced eggshell catalyst. In some embodiments, the palladium on carbon is a completely reduced eggshell catalyst. In some embodiments, about 5% (w/w) of eggshell catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used. In some embodiments, about 10% (w/w) of eggshell catalyst, relative to thioester of Formula I, is used.
- In some embodiments, the reduction further comprises a Pd(II) catalyst. In some embodiments, the Pd(II) catalyst is Pd(OH)2. In some embodiments, the Pd(II) catalyst is Pd(OAc)2.
- In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII is carried out in a solvent selected from glacial acetic acid, tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, and acetone. In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII is carried out in a co-solvent mixture of glacial acetic acid and tetrahydrofuran.
- In some embodiments, the reduction step further utilizes glacial acetic acid. In some embodiments, at least 0.5 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to XIII, is used. In some embodiments, at least 1.0 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to XIII, is used. In some embodiments, at least 1.1 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to XIII, is used. In some embodiments, at least 1.2 equivalents of glacial acetic acid, relative to XIII, is used.
- In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII comprises adding triethylsilane to a mixture of the thioester compound of Formula XIII and palladium on carbon in tetrahydrofuran and glacial acetic acid.
- In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII comprises adding triethylsilane to a mixture of the thioester compound of Formula XIII and palladium on carbon in tetrahydrofuran and glacial acetic acid, wherein said mixture has been cooled to 5±5° C.
- In certain embodiments the triethylsilane is added over at least 30 minutes.
- In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII further comprises allowing the reaction mixture to warm to about 20° C. over about 1.5 hours following the addition of triethylsilane.
- In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII further comprises stirring the reaction mixture at 15±5° C. for at least 3 hrs.
- In certain embodiments, the reduction of the thioester compound of Formula XIII further comprises the steps of:
-
- 1) stirring the reaction mixture until the thioester compound of Formula XIII is present at less than 5 area % by HPLC analysis;
- 2) filtering and concentrating the resulting mixture.
- In some embodiments, the compound of formula XIV is obtained as a solid. In some embodiments, the solid compound of formula XIV is obtained from a solvent comprising one or more of: EtOAc, MTBE, and heptane. In some embodiments, the solid compound of formula XIV is obtained from a solvent consisting of EtOAc, MTBE, and heptane. In some embodiments, the solid compound of formula XIV is obtained by adding a solution of the compound of formula XIV in EtOAc to a mixture of MTBE and heptane. In some embodiments, the solid compound of formula XIV is obtained by adding a solution of the compound of formula XIV in EtOAc to a 1:1 (v:v) mixture of MTBE and heptane.
- In certain embodiments, the reductive amination is performed in a solvent selected from a lower carbinol, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, and acetonitrile.
- In certain embodiments, the reductive amination is performed in a solvent comprising a lower carbinol.
- In certain embodiments the lower carbinol is methanol.
- In certain embodiments the lower carbinol is part of a co-solvent mixture.
- In certain embodiments the co-solvent mixture comprises methanol and tetrahydrofuran. In some embodiments, the co-solvent mixture consists of a 2:1 (v:v) mixture of methanol and tetrahydrofuran.
- In certain embodiments NaBH4 is added to a mixture of the compound of formula XIV and the compound of formula II in a mixture of methanol and tetrahydrofuran which has been cooled to −5±5° C.
- In certain embodiments NaBH4 is added to a mixture of the compound of formula XIV and the compound of formula II in a mixture of methanol and tetrahydrofuran which has been cooled to −10±5° C.
- In some embodiments, at most 1.1 equivalents of the compound of formula II, relative to the compound of formula XIV, is used.
- In some embodiments, at most 1.0 equivalents of the compound of formula II, relative to the compound of formula XIV, is used.
- In certain embodiments the NaBH4 is added in portions while maintaining the reaction mixture temperature at less than 22° C.
- In certain embodiments the NaBH4 is added in at least 5 portions spaced at least 15 minutes apart.
- In certain embodiments the reaction mixture is stirred at 20±5° C. following completion of the addition of NaBH4 in portions.
- In certain embodiments the reaction mixture is stirred at 20±5° C. for at least 1 hour.
- In certain embodiments the reaction mixture is stirred at 20±5° C. for at least 3 hours.
- In certain embodiments the reductive amination further comprises the steps of:
-
- 1) stirring the reaction mixture until Compound 7 is present at least 75 area % by HPLC analysis;
- 2) quenching the reaction mixture by the addition of saturated NH4Cl; and
- 3) concentrating the resulting mixture.
- In certain embodiments, the reductive amination further comprises the steps of:
-
- 1) partitioning the product after between an aqueous phase and an IPAc phase;
- 2) adjusting the pH of the aqueous phase to 9-10 by the addition of NaOH;
- 3) separating the IPAc phase;
- 4) extracting the aqueous phase with IPAc; and
- 5) obtaining Compound 7 from the combined IPAc phases.
- In certain embodiments, the acid compound HX is a mineral acid.
- In certain embodiments, the acid compound HX is an arenesulfonic acid.
- In certain embodiments, the arenesulfonic acid is p-toluenesulfonic acid.
- In certain embodiments, the reaction of the compound of Formula XV is performed at 25±5° C.
- In certain embodiments 2.5 equivalents of p-toluenesulfonic acid hydrate relative to the compound of Formula XV are added to the solution of the compound of formula XV in THF and IPA.
- In certain embodiments the total volume of THF and IPA combined is about 12 volumes.
- In certain embodiments the mixture of the compound of formula XV and p-toluenesulfonic acid hydrate in THF and IPA is stirred for at least 15 hours.
- In certain embodiments the process for preparing the compound of Formula XVI further comprises the steps of:
-
- a. filtering the reaction mixture; and
- b. washing the filter cake with IPA; and
- c. drying the filter cake at 35±5° C. under vacuum for at least 15 hours.
- In certain embodiments about 4 volumes of IPA are used to wash the filter cake.
- In certain embodiments the process for preparing the compound of Formula XVI further comprises recrystallizing the filter cake from methanol.
- In certain embodiments between about 10 and about 20 volumes of methanol relative to the filter cake are used for the recrystallization.
- In certain embodiments the process for preparing the compound of Formula XVI further comprises the step of recrystallizing the filter cake from a mixture of methanol and ethyl acetate.
- In certain embodiments about 5 volumes of methanol and about 5 volumes of ethyl acetate relative to the filter cake are used for the recrystallization.
- In certain embodiments the mixture of the filter cake in methanol and acetate is heated to 50±5° C. and stirred for at least 3 hrs.
- Certain embodiments further comprise cooling the mixture to 25±5° C. and stirring for at least 3 hrs before filtering.
- The following invention is further illustrated by the following Examples.
- In the Examples below and throughout the disclosure, the following abbreviations may be used: MeCN=acetonitrile; DCM=dichloromethane; DMAP=4-dimethylaminopyridine; EDCI=1-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide; EtOAc=ethyl acetate; EtOH=ethanol; H2O=water; IPA=isopropanol; IPAc=iso-propyl acetate; MeOH=methanol; MTBE=methyl tert-butyl ether; NMM=N-methylmorpholine=4-methylmorpholine; STAB=sodium triacetoxyborohydride; THF=tetrahydrofuran; 1H-NMR=Proton Nuclear magnetic Resonance; HPLC=High Performance Liquid Chromatography; UPLC=Ultra Performance Liquid Chromatography. Other abbreviations may be used and will be familiar in context to those of skill in the art.
-
- A 12-L, glass round bottom flask was equipped with a N2 bleed. The flask was charged with DCM (2510 mL), (1R,2S)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropan-1-amine hydrochloride (505.00 g) and 2 N NaOH solution (NaOH, 224.10 g and purified water, 2810 mL). The contents of the flask were allowed to stir 15 minutes and dissolution was confirmed. The layers were allowed to separate and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (1280 mL). The combined organic phase appeared as an opaque liquid, which was transferred to a rotary evaporator bulb and concentrated to a residue at <40° C. under vacuum. The bulb was dried at 25±5° C. under vacuum to afford Compound 9 (413 g, 101%) as an orange oil.
-
-
- Boc-Glu(OMe)-OH (1900 g) in IPAc (10 volumes) was cooled with stirring, under a N2 atmosphere, to −5-5° C. NMM (801.2 g; 1.1 eq.) and pivaloyl chloride (920.7 g; 1.05 eq.) were added while keeping the temperature at −5-5° C., and the resulting mixture was stirred at this temperature for 2 hrs. 4-Methylpiperazine (1.05 eq.) was added while keeping the temperature between −5-5° C., and the resulting mixture was stiffed at −0-5° C. for 1 hr. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 5% NaHCO3 and the aqueous layer was extracted three times with 2 volumes each time of IPAc. The organic phases were combined, washed with brine, and dried over Na2SO4. Compound 1 was obtained as a yellow oil, 1.91 kg, 76% yield.
-
- A solution of Compound 1 (1.91 kg) in EtOAc (EtOAc; 5 volumes) was cooled with stirring to 0-5° C. and treated with 1.05 eq. of 1.5M HCl in 20 L of EtOAc while keeping the temperature between 0-5° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0-5° C. for 12 hrs, and then HCl gas was passed through the mixture for 3 hrs. The resulting mixture was stirred for an additional 19 hours, then filtered through CELITE®, and the filter cake was washed with EtOAc (2×4 L), and the combined organic phases were concentrated in vacuo at 20-30° C. to afford Compound 2 (1.3 kg; 74% yield) as white solid.
-
- 4-(1H-1,2,3-Triazol-1-yl)benzoic acid (101, 597.8 g; 1.0 eq.) was dissolved, with stirring and under a N2 atmosphere, in THF (7.8 L; 13 vol.) and water (1.38 L; 2.3 vol.). NMM (1119.5 g; 3.5 eq.) was added and dissolved with stirring, and the reaction was cooled to below 10° C. Compound 2 (1200 g; 1.2 eq.) was added while keeping the temperature of the reaction mixture at or below 10° C., and the resulting mixture was stirred below 10° C. for 30 minutes. HOBt (470.0 g; 1.1 eq.) and EDCI (666.8 g; 1.1 eq. were added to the reaction mixture while maintaining the temperature below 10° C., and the resulting mixture was stirred at 10-20° C. for 24 hrs. EtOAc (7.8 L; 13 vol.) was then added, followed by 6M NaOH (2.16 L) to adjust the pH to between 9 and 10. Solid NaCl (300 g; 0.5 w/w) was then added to the reaction mixture. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was diluted with additional water and extracted with EtOAc (3.6 L, 5×6 vol.). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (3.72 L, 6.2 vol.), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was washed with MTBE (2×10 vol.) and filtered. The filter cake was dried under vacuum at 35-40° C. to afford 820 g of Compound 2, 67.9% yield.
-
- Compound 2 (1214 g; 1.0 eq.) was added to a mixture of MeOH (2.64 L; 2.2 vol.) and THF (2.64 L; 2.2 vol.) under a N2 atmosphere and with stirring. The resulting suspension was cooled to −10° C., and 3.13 L (1.07 eq.) of a 1M NaOH solution was added while keeping the temperature below 10° C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 6 hrs below 10° C., and then heptane (7.2 L; 6 vol.) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred for at least 30 minutes, and then allowed to settle for at least 30 minutes. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was transferred to another reaction vessel. AMBERLITE® IR120 (1100 g; 0.95 w/w) beads were added to adjust the pH to 6.3. After stirring the mixture for 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was filtered and the filter cake was washed with THF (2.4 L; 2 vol.). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo at 35±5° C. to 2-3 vol. The residue was charged with THF (2 L; 1.7 vol.) and concentrated in vacuo at 35±5° C. This process was repeated an additional 5 times. The crude oil was dissolved in MeOH (2.4 L×2) and then concentrated. The crude material was again dissolved in MeOH (2.4 L) and MTBE (12 L; 10 vol.) at 25±5° C. and stiffed overnight. The mixture was then filtered and washed with 2.4 L of MTBE, and the filter cake was dried under vacuum at 45° C. The obtained solid was slurried with DCM (DCM; 3.6 L; 3 vol.) and stiffed for 5 hrs at 25±5° C., then filtered and the filter cake washed with MTBE (2.4 L; 2 vol.). The filter cake was dried under vacuum at 35-45° C. to afford 950 g (81%) of Compound 4 as a white solid.
-
- Compound 4 (926 g; 1.0 eq.) was added with stirring and under a N2 atmosphere to 9.3 L (10 vol.) of DCM. The resulting suspension was cooled to 0-5° C. with a water-ice bath and charged with HS(CH2)11Me (561.66 g, 1.2 eq.) at 0-5° C., followed by DMAP (14.13 g, 0.05 eq.). EDC hydrochloride (531.97 g; 1.2 eq.) was added portionwise while keeping the temperature at 0-5° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0-5° C. for 1 hr and at 10-20° C. for 14 hrs. Purified water (1.852 L; 2 vol.) was then added and stirring continued for 1 hr. The layers were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (1.85 L×2). The organic layers were combined and washed with brine (2.8 L), dried over Na2SO4, and then applied to a silica gel chromatography column, using 10× w/w of silica gel. The product was eluted with DCM/MeOH using a gradient elution from 100:0 DCM/MeOH to 20:1, using about 80 volumes total of eluent. The fractions containing pure product were combined and concentrated to afford Compound 5 as a yellow syrup. The crude syrup was dissolved in MTBE (2.8 L; 3 vol.) at 30-40° C., and n-heptane (19.6 L; 21 vol.) was added, and the resulting mixture was cooled to 15-25° C. The mixture was stirred for 16 hrs at this temperature under mechanical agitation, and then filtered, and the filter cake was washed with 2.8 L (3 vol.) of heptane. The cake was dried under vacuum to provide 1164 g (82.5%) of Compound 5 as a white solid.
- Step 6: Synthesis of (4S)-4-[4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoylamino]-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-5-oxopentanal (6)
- A 50-L, glass, jacketed reactor was equipped with a thermal control unit and a N2 bleed, and charged with THF (9 L) and Compound 5 (900.06 g). The contents were allowed to stir until a solution was observed. Palladium on carbon (50% wet, 140.00 g) was then charged to the reactor and the batch temperature was adjusted to 5±5° C. Glacial acetic acid (140 mL) was added to the batch over 1 minute followed by triethylsilane (1240 mL) over 77 minutes. During the 1 h stir at 5±5° C., an exotherm of 13° C. was observed with a batch temperature increase from 6° C. to 19° C. over approximately 15 minutes. The exotherm subsided and the batch temperature returned to 5±5° C. The batch temperature was then ramped to 20° C. over 86 minutes. The reaction progress was monitored by HPLC (TM.04760) until the area % of Compound 5 was less than 5%.
- The reaction was filtered through a CELITE® pad and loose CELITE® (353 g) slurried in DCM (0.5 L) which yielded a filter cake height of −3 cm. The reactor was washed with DCM (3×2 L) and the washes were used to rinse the filter cake. The filtrate was filtered and concentrated to a residue on a rotary evaporator at <40° C. under vacuum. Total concentration time was 3 h and 48 minutes. n-Heptane (6 L) was charged to the rotovap bulb and the bulb was allowed to rotate without heat or vacuum for 11 h. After this time, the supernatant was decanted. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (1800 mL) then n-heptane (6 L) was added. The resulting suspension was rotated for 3 h then the supernatant was decanted. The residue was dissolved in THF (6 L) at <30° C. over 32 minutes. The resulting solution was concentrated to 4 volumes (3650 mL) at <40° C. over 20 minutes. After this time, the batch was sampled for quantitative HPLC analysis (TM.04761) to give a concentration of 154.95 mg/mL of Compound § and the batch was stored at 2 to 8° C. for use in Step 7.
-
- A 50-L reactor was charged with a solution of Compound § as a solution in THF (3.650 L) using THF (2 L) as a rinse. A solution of Compound 9 (288 g) in MeOH (3 L) was added to the reactor using MeOH (5 L) as a rinse and the batch was stirred for 2 h. After this time, the batch temperature was cooled to −5±5° C. NaBH4 (56.00 g) was added in 10 portions spaced at least 15 minutes apart while maintaining the batch temperature <22° C. After the addition was complete, the batch temperature was adjusted to 20±5° C. and the resulting solution was allowed to stir 18 h. The batch was sampled for UPLC analysis (TM.04762) to give 83.8% Compound 7. The reaction was cooled to 10±5° C. and quenched with solution of NH4Cl (421.01 g) in purified water (890 mL) at <25° C. The batch was filtered and concentrated at <40° C. to 7 volumes. Total concentration time was 2 h and 7 minutes. The concentrated solution was diluted with IPAc (11 L) then treated with 2N NaOH solution (NaOH, 136.30 g and purified water, 1700 mL) at <25° C. The layers were allowed to separate and the aqueous phase was extracted with IPAc (2 L). The combined organic layers were washed with purified water (1 L) then filtered and the reactor was rinsed with IPAc (2×2 L). The filtrate was concentrated to 2 volumes over 2 h and 30 minutes then solvent swapped with IPA (2×3 L). IPA (2×2 L) was used to transfer the batch to the reactor. THF (4 L) was charged to the reactor and the batch was sampled for UPLC analysis (TM.04762) to give a concentration of 59.18 mg/mL Compound 7 and 13.12% Compound 9. The jacket temperature was adjusted to 5±5° C. and the batch was held for Step 8.
-
- The batch temperature of the batch from Step 7 was adjusted to 20±5° C. and QUADRAPURE® AK resin (843.79 g) was charged to the batch solution. The contents of the reactor were allowed to stir 17 h before sampling for UPLC analysis (TM.04762) to give 3.27% Compound 2 (specification: Compound 9 ≤2 wt % with respect to Compound 7). The batch was allowed to stir a further 24 h before sampling a second time for UPLC analysis (TM.04762) to give 0.91% Compound 2. The resin was filtered off and rinsed with pre-filtered IPA (3 L). The reactor was cleaned to ensure no solids remained and rinsed with pre-filtered THF (10 L). The batch solution was returned to the reactor via an in-line filter and the line was rinsed with pre-filtered THF (1070 mL). The temperature was adjusted to 25±5° C. before charging the pre-filtered TsOH.H2O solution (TsOH-H2O, 488.51 g and THF, 710 mL). The line was rinsed with pre-filtered THF (530 mL) and the batch was stirred for 25 h and 21 minutes. The batch was then filtered and rinsed with pre-filtered IPA (2×1060 mL). The filter cake was conditioned under N2 for 42 h. After this time, the filter cake was sampled for UPLC analysis (TM.04762, TM.04780).
- The filter cake was transferred into two drying trays and dried at 35±5° C. under vacuum for approximately 255 h to reach constant weight. The batch was dried a further 72.5 h and then subjected to MeOH recrystallization. The 50-L reactor was rinsed with pre-filtered MeOH (7 L) then the reactor was charged with the batch (770 g) and pre-filtered MeOH (12 L). The batch temperature was set to 65° C. and reflux was reached at 64° C. Solids were still observed after the batch was stirred 30 minutes at reflux. Additional pre-filtered MeOH (1540 mL) was added to achieve dissolution. The batch temperature was then cooled to 20±5° C. over 2 h and 8 minutes and the contents were allowed to stir 17.5 h. After this time, the batch was filtered and the filter cake was washed twice with pre-filtered MeOH (1060 mL and 1070 mL). The filter cake was dried at 35±5° C. under vacuum for approximately 25.5 h to reach constant weight. There was obtained 578 g (43% yield) of Compound 8 as a white solid.
- HPLC Methods
- Test Methods TM.04760, TM.04761 and TM.04780
- Instrument Conditions:
-
- Column: XBridge C18, 3.5 μm, 4.6×150 mm
- Mobile Phase A: 0.1% v/v ammonium hydroxide in water
- Mobile Phase B: 100% Acetonitrile
- Column Temperature: 30° C.
- Sample Temperature: Ambient
- Flow Rate: 1.0 mL/min
- Injection Volume: 5 μL
- Needle Wash/Diluent 50/50 Acetonitrile/water
- Detection: UV@ 260 nm
- Total run time: 25 min
- Gradient: See table 1
-
TABLE 1 Time (minutes) % A % B 0.0 95 5 10 65 35 15 5 95 20 5 95 20.1 95 5 25 95 5 - Test Method TM.04762
- Instrument Conditions:
-
- Column: Acquity UPLC BEH C18, 1.7 μm, 2.1×150 mm
- Mobile Phase A: 0.2% v/v TFA in water
- Mobile Phase B: 0.185% v/v TFA in Acetonitrile
- Column Temperature: Ambient
- Sample Temperature: 10° C.
- Flow Rate: 0.4 mL/min
- Injection Volume: 1.5 μL
- Sample Concentration 2 mg/mL
- Needle Wash/Diluent 50/50 Acetonitrile/water
- Detection: 260 nm or 220 nm for IPC ratio of CPD. 9 to IMG-241
- Data Collection Time 30 min
- Post Run Equilibration Time 5 min
- Total run time: 35 min
- Gradient: See table 2
-
TABLE 2 Time (minutes) % A % B 0.0 95 5 3 95 5 13 80 20 21 80 20 25 20 80 30 20 80 30.1 95 5 35 95 5 -
-
- Boc-Glu(OMe)-OH (35 kg) in IPAc (311.5 kg 10 V) was cooled with stirring, under a N2 atmosphere, to 0-10° C. NMM (15.05 kg; 1.1 eq.) and pivaloyl chloride (16.8 kg; 1.05 eq.) were added while keeping the temperature at 0-10° C., and the resulting mixture was stirred at this temperature for 1 hr, after which time the mixture was allowed to warm to 15-25° C. The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 3 hrs. A sample drawn for analysis showed that starting material had been consumed by this time. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 5% NaHCO3 (175 L, 5 V) and the aqueous layer was extracted with IPAc (155.75 kg, 5V×2). The organic phases were combined, washed with 25 wt % aq NaCl (175 L, 5 V), and concentrated under vacuum to ˜5 V. IPAc (311.5 kg, 10 V) was added, and the mixture was concentrated under vacuum to ˜5 V. A sample drawn for KF analysis showed <0.1% H2O. The residue was then diluted with dioxane (360.5 kg, 10 V) and concentrated under vacuum to ˜5 V, affording 42.55 kg of Compound 1 as a crude solution in 173.0 L dioxane.
-
- The solution of Compound 1 (42.55 kg) in dioxane from the previous step was combined with sulfolane (375.3 kg, 7 V) and 4 M HCl in dioxane (161.7 kg, 5.0 equiv) at 20-30° C. The mixture was stirred at 25-30° C. for 5 hrs. A sample drawn for analysis showed 2% of Compound 1 remaining at this point. MTBE (377.8 kg, 12.0 V) was then added at 25±5° C., and the mixture was stirred for 1 hr, then centrifuged. The filter cake was washed with MTBE (62.98 kg, 2.0 V) under N2, affording three batches of Compound 2 (combined total weight: 178.35 kg, corrected mass of product: 31.3 kg).
-
- The solution from the previous step (178.25 kg; corrected mass of product 31.3 kg) and THF (171.81 kg, 13 V) was combined with NMM (27.77 kg, 3.5 equiv), then H2O (34.16 kg, 2.3 V) at 0-10° C. The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 3 hrs, then 4-(1H-1,2,3)-triazol-1-yl)benzoic acid (101, 14.85 kg, 1.0 equiv), HOBt (11.73 kg, 1.1 equiv), and EDCI (18.12 kg, 1.2 equiv) were added. The mixture was stiffed at ambient temperature (20-30° C.) for 4 hrs. A sample drawn for analysis showed 1.6% of 101 remaining at this point. The mixture was then diluted with 148.5 kg (10 V) H2O, and the pH was adjusted to 10-11 by the addition of NaOH (6 M, 59.4 L, 4.0 V). IPAc (132.17 kg, 10 V) and NaCl (58.4 kg, 4.0 w/w) were then added, and the mixture was stirred for 3 hrs. The layers were separated, the aqueous layer was extracted with IPAc (10 V×4), and the combined organic layers were washed with brine (74.25 L, 5.0 V) and concentrated under vacuum to ˜10 V. To the residue was added n-heptane (50.49 kg, 5 V) at 40-50° C., and the mixture was stirred 2 hrs at this temperature, then cooled to 5-15° C. and stirred for an additional 2 hrs. The solid that formed was removed by filtration and dried under vacuum at 35-45° C., affording Compound 2 (25.33 kg; P: 97.4%, 55.4%) as a light yellow solid.
-
- In a reactor were combined Compound 2 (21.0 kg, 1.0 equiv), THF (186.9 kg, 10 V), and Me3SiOK (7.77 kg, 1.2 equiv) at 20-30° C. The mixture was stiffed for 8.0 hrs at 20-30° C. A sample drawn for analysis at this point showed that Compound 3 had been consumed. Heptane (142.8 kg, 10 V) was charged to the reaction vessel, and the mixture was stiffed 12 hrs. The supernatant was decanted, leaving a yellow oil. H2O (21.0 kg, 1 V) and THF (161.5 kg, 10 V) were then added, the mixture was stirred at 20-25° C. for 30 min, then AMBERLITE® IR120 was added to adjust the pH to 6.4. The mixture was stirred for 30 min, and the solid that had formed was removed by filtration and rinsed with MeOH (82.95 kg, 5 V). The combined filtrate was concentrated to 4-5 V. MeOH (82.95 kg, 5 V) and CH3CN (163.8 kg, 10 V) were added, affording a yellow solution. The solution was concentrated to 4-5 V. The process of addition of MeOH (82.95 kg, 5 V) and CH3CN (163.8 kg, 10 V), followed by concentration to 4-5 V, was repeated until KF analysis on a sample showed <1.0% of H2O remaining. GC analysis was then performed to find the MeOH/CH3CN ratio in the solution. The amount of MeOH was adjusted by addition or evaporation until the total volume of MeOH was 2.0 V. The temperature was adjusted to 30±5° C., and the solution was stirred for at least 0.5 hr at this temperature. CH3CN (245.7 kg, 15 V) was added slowly to the solution at this temperature, and the mixture was stirred for at least 2 hrs. The mixture was then cooled to 15±5° C. The solid that had formed was collected by filtration, washed with CH3CN (40.95 kg, 2.5 V), and dried at 45° C. under vacuum for 60 hrs to afford Compound 4 (5.63 kg, P: 96.1%, KF: 1.5%, Chiral HPLC purity: 99.4%) as a white solid.
- The filtrate from the preceding step was concentrated to 1-2 V under vacuum at 40±5° C. MeOH (20 L, 4.0 V) was added, and the mixture was stirred for at least 0.5 hr at 15 t ° C. The pH was adjusted to 6.0-6.4 with the addition of an ethanolic solution of HCl (33 wt %). The mixture was stirred for at least 0.5 hr at 15 t ° C. The mixture was evaporated to 1-2 V under vacuum at 40±5° C. CH3CN (16 L, 4.0 V) was added, and the mixture was stirred for at least 0.5 hr at 15 t ° C. Additional CH3CN (24 L, 6.0 V) is added, and the mixture was stirred at least 8 hrs at 15±5° C. The solid that formed was removed by filtration on a Buchner funnel, washed with CH3CN (8 L, 2.0 V), and dried under vacuum for at least 15 hrs at 40±5° C. to afford Compound 4 (5.9 kg, P: 97.4%).
-
- Compound 4 (3.00 kg; 1.0 eq.) was added with stirring and under an N2 atmosphere to 45 L (15 V) of DCM. The resulting suspension was cooled to 0-5° C. and charged with HS(CH2)11Me (1.82 kg, 1.2 eq.) at 0-5° C., followed by DMAP (46 g, 0.05 eq.). EDC hydrochloride (1.73 kg; 1.2 eq.) was added portionwise while keeping the temperature at 0-5° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0-5° C. for 1 hr, then warmed to 10-20° C. The mixture was stirred at this temperature for at least 4 hrs. Samples were drawn every 3.0±0.2 hrs for HPLC analysis, until the area under the curve for Compound 4 was less than 3.0% of the total area. At this point, purified water (15 L; 5.0 V) was then added with stirring while maintaining a temperature of 15±5° C. Stirring was continued for at least 1 hr at this temperature. The layers were separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (15 L, 5.0 V). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (5.0 kg in 15 L purified water, 5.0 V) and evaporated to 1-2 V under vacuum at 40±5° C. EtOH (24 L, 8.0 V) was added, and the mixture was evaporated to 1-2 V under vacuum at 40±5° C. EtOH (15 L, 5.0 V) and the reaction vessel was rotated for at least 0.5 hr at 40±5° C. EtOH (30 L, 10.0 V) was added with stirring. An ethanolic solution of HCl (33 wt %, 994 g, 1.2 equiv) was added dropwise at 25±5° C. The mixture was stirred at least 3 hrs at 25±5° C. The solid that formed was collected by filtration on a Büchner funnel, washed with EtOH (6 L, 2.0 V), and dried under vacuum for at least 15 hrs at 40±5° C., to afford Compound 5a (4.20 kg, purity: 93.4%, LOD: 2.54%).
-
- Compound 5a (4.10 kg, calculated as 4.0 kg) was added with stirring to MTBE (40 L, 10.0 V). Na2CO3 (2.05 kg in 20 L purified H2O) was added at 20±5° C., and the mixture was stirred at least 4 hrs at 20±5° C. The layers were separated, and the organic phase was washed 2× with NaCl (6.67 kg in 20 L purified water, 5.0 V, for each wash), then concentrated under vacuum to 1-2 V at 35±5° C. MTBE (4 L, 1.0 V) was added, and the reaction vessel was rotated for at least 0.5 hr at 35±5° C. n-Heptane (8 L, 4.0 V) was added with stirring, the mixture was warmed to 40±5° C. Additional n-heptane (60 L, 15.0 V) was added at this temperature, and the mixture was stirred 1.0 hr at this temperature. The mixture was then cooled to 0±5° C., and stirred at least 3 hrs at this temperature. The mixture was then warmed to 15±5° C., and stiffed for at least 2 hrs at this temperature. The resulting solid was removed by filtration on a Büchner funnel, washed with n-heptane (8 L, 2.0 V), and dried under vacuum for at least 15 hrs at 40±5° C. Samples were withdrawn for KF analysis and drying was continued until KF≤5%.
-
- A reaction vessel was purged by evacuating to P≤0.08 MPa, followed by addition of N2 to atmospheric pressure. The cycle was repeated for a total of 3 times. THF (60.08 kg, 9.0 V) was added, followed by Compound 5 (7.50 kg, 1.0 equiv). A solution of anhydrous Pd/C (188 g, 2.5 wt. %) in THF (6.68 kg, 1.0 V) was then added. The reaction vessel was cooled to 5±5° C. Glacial AcOH (1.13 kg, 1.5 equiv), followed by Et3SiH (6.00 kg, 4.0 equiv) were then added at this temperature. The mixture was stiffed for at least 1 hr at 5-20° C., then stirred for 3±0.2 hrs at 15±5° C. A sample was drawn for HPLC analysis every 3±0.2 hrs, and the reaction was continued until the area under the curve for Compound 5 ≤5.0% of the total area. The reaction mixture was then filtered through a pad of CELITE® (6.00 kg) which had been rinsed with THF (20.03 kg, 3.0 V). After filtration, the pad was rinsed with THF (33.38 kg, 5.0 V). The combined filtrates were passed through a microporous filter, then concentrated under vacuum to 2-3 V at 25±5° C. EtOAc (67.50 kg, 10.0 V) was added, and the mixture was concentrated under vacuum to 2-3 V at 25±5° C. Additional EtOAc (67.50 kg, 10.0 V) was added, and the mixture was again concentrated under vacuum to 2-3 V at 25±5° C. The reaction vessel was rinsed with EtOAc (3.38 kg, 0.5 V), and the EtOAc layers were combined, then added dropwise to a mixture of MTBE (55.50 kg, 10.0 V) and n-heptane (51.00 kg, 10.0 V). The mixture was stirred at least 2 hrs at 15±5° C., then cooled to 0±5° C., then stirred for at least 2 hrs. The solid that formed was collected by centrifugation, washed with n-heptane (10.20 kg, 2.0 V), then dried under vacuum at 20±5° C. for at least 6 hrs, affording Compound § (88.3% pure, assay: 84.6%, mass: 4.76 kg, mass corrected by assay: 4.03 kg, yield: 81.7%).
-
- A reaction vessel was purged by evacuating to P≤0.08 MPa, followed by addition of N2 to atmospheric pressure. The cycle was repeated for a total of 3 times. MeOH (43.13 kg, 14.0 V) and Compound 9 (1.52 kg, 1.0 equiv) was added at 20±5° C. A solution of Compound § (4.61 kg, assay: 84.6%, 1.0 equiv) in THF (24.30 kg, 7.0 V) was added through a microporous filter at this temperature, and the mixture was stirred 2±0.2 hrs. The reaction mixture was then cooled to −10±0.5° C. NaBH4 (390 g, 1.0 equiv) was added in at least 5 batches, spaced at least 15 min apart, while maintaining this temperature. The mixture was stiffed an additional 2.0±0.2 hrs at this temperature, then was warmed to 20±5° C. over the course of an hour, and stirred 1.0±0.2 hrs at this temperature. A sample was drawn for HPLC analysis, and if the area under the curve of the product is <75% of the total area, an additional 39 g of NaBH4 is added. The mixture was stirred for at least 8 hrs at 20±5° C., then cooled to 0±5° C. A solution of NH4Cl (2.57 kg) in purified H2O (7.80 kg, 2.0 V) was added to the reaction mixture while maintaining a temperature below 10° C. The mixture was then stirred for 0.5 hr at 10-25° C., then concentrated under vacuum to 3-4 V at 35±5° C. IPAc (67.86 kg, 20.0 V) was then added, the mixture was then chilled to 10±0.5° C., and 2 N NaOH solution was added at this temperature to adjust the pH to 9-10. The mixture was allowed to warm to 20±5° C., then stirred at this temperature for at least 0.5 hr. The layers were separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted with IPAc (33.93 kg, 10.0 V). The organic layers were combined and washed with NaCl solution (7.02 kg in 19.50 kg purified water, 5.0 V, repeated for a total of 2 washes). The organic phase was concentrated to 3-4 V under vacuum at 35±5° C. THF (34.71 kg, 10.0 V) was added to the reaction vessel, and the mixture was concentrated to 3-4 V under vacuum at 35±5° C. IPA (30.81 kg, 10.0 V) was added to the reaction vessel, and the mixture was concentrated 3-4 V under vacuum at 35±5° C. IPA (15.41 kg, 5.0 V) was added to the reaction vessel, and the mixture was stirred for at least 0.5 hour at 35±5° C. to afford a solution of Compound 7 (purity: 80.0%, assay: 12.4%, mass: 34.86 kg, mass corrected by assay: 4.32 kg, yield: 82.0%).
-
- To a mixture of THF (29.19 kg, 8.0 V) and IPA (12.96 kg, 4.0 V) was added a solution of Compound 7 (33.06 kg, assay: 12.4%, 1.0 equiv) in IPA. The mixture was stirred for at least 10 min. A reactor is flushed by first evacuating to P≤0.08 MPa, then introducing N2 to 1.0 Atm. The flush cycle is repeated for a total of 3 times. The solution of Compound 7 was then added to the reactor through a 0.2 μM microporous filter. A solution of TsOH (3.75 kg, 2.5 equiv) in THF (14.60 kg, 4.0 V) was added with stirring through a 0.2 μM microporous filter at 25±5° C. The mixture was stirred at least 15 hrs at this temperature. The solid that formed was removed by centrifugation, washed with IPA (12.96 kg, 4.0 V), and dried under vacuum for at least 15 hrs at 35±5° C.
- A reaction vessel was purged by evacuating to P≤0.08 MPa, followed by addition of N2 to atmospheric pressure. The cycle was repeated for a total of 3 times. MeOH (24.89 kg, 5.0 V) and EtOAc (28.35 kg, 5.0 V) was introduced to the vessel through the 0.2 μM microporous filter under an N2 atmosphere. The solid product was then added to the reactor with stirring, and the mixture was warmed to 50±5° C., and stiffed for at least 3 hrs at this temperature. The mixture was then cooled to 25±5° C., and stiffed for at least 3 hrs at this temperature. The solid was removed via centrifugation, washed with EtOAc (11.34 kg, 2.0 V), and analyzed with HPLC. The EtOAc slurry procedure is repeated if the area % of the product <98.0% or the area % of single impurity >0.5%.
- A reaction vessel was purged by evacuating to P≤0.08 MPa, followed by addition of N2 to atmospheric pressure. The cycle was repeated for a total of 3 times. n-Heptane (42.84 kg, 10.0 V) was introduced to the vessel through the 0.2 μM microporous filter under an N2 atmosphere. The solid product was then added to the reactor with stirring, and the mixture was stirred for at least 3 hrs at 25±5° C. The solid was removed via centrifugation, washed with n-heptane (12.85 kg, 3.0 V), and dried under vacuum at 35±C for at least 15 hrs to afford the product (5.38 kg, 78.9%).
- A reaction vessel is flushed by evacuation, followed by introduction of N2. The flush procedure is repeated 3 times. An N2 atmosphere is maintained throughout the procedure. IPAc (204.85 kg, 10 V, 8.90 w/w) is added, and stirring is begun. A sample drawn for KF analysis reports H2O=0.04%. Boc-Glu(OMe)-OH (22.98 kg, 1.00 eq.) is charged to the vessel, and the vessel is then chilled to 5±5° C., and the temperature is maintained. N-methylmorpholine (9.88 kg, 1.10 eq.) is then added dropwise, followed by dropwise addition of pivaloyl chloride (11.14 kg, 1.05 eq.). The mixture is stirred ≥1 hr, then N-methylpiperazine (9.20 kg, 1.05 eq.) is added, and the mixture is stirred ≥1 hr. The vessel is then warmed to 20±5° C., and stirring is continued ≥3 hr. Samples are drawn for HPLC analysis (re-sample every 2±0.2 hr), and the reaction is continued until the % area of Boc-Glu(OMe)-OH≤2%.
- The reaction is quenched by the addition of aq NaHCO3 (5 wt. %, 5.0 V). Stirring is continued ≥0.5 hr, then the contents are allowed to stand without stirring ≥0.5 hour. The phases are separated, the aqueous phase is extracted with IPAc (2×102.70 kg, 2×5.0 V, 4.45 w/w), with ≥0.5 hr stirring, followed by ≥0.5 h standing for each extraction. The combined organic layers are washed with aqueous NaCl solution (25 wt. %, 2×5.0 V), concentrated to 4-5 V with temperature held to ≤50° C. IPAc (204.80 kg, 10.0 V, 8.90 w/w) is then added, and the volume is concentrated to 4˜5 V at P≤0.08 MPa with temperature held to ≤50° C.
- Samples are drawn for KF analysis. The IPAc addition and azeotrope procedure is repeated until KF analysis reports H2O≤0.1%. Dioxane (236.95 kg, 10 V, 10.30 w/w) is then added, and the volume is concentrated to 4˜5 V at P≤0.08 MPa with temperature held to ≤50° C. A sample drawn for HPLC analysis reports purity=95.7%. The solution is stored at 25° C. in the reactor under N2 and is used directly in the next step.
- A reactor is flushed with N2 by evacuation to ≤0.08 Mpa, followed by introduction of N2. The flush procedure is repeated 3 times. An N2 atmosphere is maintained throughout the procedure. Compound 1 (28.9 kg in dioxane, 1.0 eq.) in dioxane is then added, and the mixture is stirred. Sulfolane (254.9 kg, 7 V, 8.82 w/w) is then added into the reactor. The reactor temperature is adjusted to 25±5° C., and this temperature is maintained throughout the procedure. HCl/dioxane (4 M, 5.0 eq., 109.80 kg) is added, and the mixture is stirred ≥3 hr. Samples are drawn for HPLC analysis every 2±0.2 hrs. Stirring is continued until the area % of Compound 1 ≤2%.
- A second reactor is charged with MTBE (385.40 kg, 18 V, 13.32 w/w), and the contents of the first reactor are introduced into the second reactor with stirring at 25±5° C. Stirring is continued ≥1 hr, then the solid that forms is removed by centrifugation and washed with MTBE (162.00 kg, 7.5 V, 5.55 w/w). HPLC analysis of the hygroscopic cake reports purity=95.3%. The filter cake is then added with stirring to MTBE (320.95 kg, 15 V, 11.10 w/w) under N2. The temperature is adjusted to 25±5° C., and the mixture is stirred ≥4 hrs. The cake is then removed by centrifugation and washed with MTBE (80.60 kg, 3.75 V, 2.79 w/w).
- HPLC analysis of the filter cake reports purity=95.3%. GC analysis of the filter cake reports MTBE=43.9%, 1,4-dioxane=5.1%, sulfolane=8.2%. The product (crude weight=87.9 kg) is packed in an inner polyethylene (LDPE) bag sealed with cable ties encased within a heat sealed composite LDPE outer bag under N2.
- A reactor is flushed with N2 by evacuation to ≤0.08 Mpa, followed by introduction of N2. The flush procedure is repeated 3 times. An N2 atmosphere is maintained throughout the procedure. DCM (316.55 kg, 25 V, 33.25 w/w) is charged into the reactor and stirring is begun. Compound 2 (crude weight: 75.03 kg, 1.3 eq.) is then added, and the mixture is cooled to 5±5° C., and this temperature is maintained. N-Methylmorpholine (18.64 kg, 3.50 eq.) is then added, followed by batchwise addition of EDCI (11.60 kg, 1.20 eq.). HOBT (0.68 kg, 0.10 eq.) is then added, followed by Compound 2 (9.60 kg, 1.00 eq.). The mixture is stirred ≥0.5 hr, then the mixture is warmed to 25±5° C., and stirring is continued ≥3 hrs. Samples are drawn for HPLC analysis every 2±0.2 hours, and the reaction is continued until the area % of Compound 9 ≤5%.
- The reaction mixture is then cooled to 5±5° C., and Na2CO3 solution (10 wt. %, 20.0 V) is added dropwise to adjust pH to 9˜10. The mixture is then warmed to 25±5° C., and stirring is continued ≥2 hours at 25±5° C. Aqueous NaCl solution (10 wt. %, 10.0 V) is then added into the reactor at 25±5° C., and stirring is continued ≥0.5 hr. The mixture is allowed to stand without stirring ≥0.5 hour.
- The organic phase is washed with aq NaCl (15 wt. %, 10.0 V). The mixture is stirred ≥0.5 hr and allowed to stand without stirring ≥0.5 hour, then the layers are separated. The organic layer is concentrated to 9˜10 V at ≤40° C. IPAc (126.80 kg, 15.0 V) is then added into the reactor, and the volume is reduced to 9˜10 V at ≤45° C. Additional IPAc (126.80 kg, 15.0 V) is then added into the reactor, and the volume is reduced 9˜10 V at ≤45° C. GC analysis reports that DCM ≤3.0%.
- The mixture is warmed to 45±5° C. n-Heptane (100.35 kg, 15.0 V, 10.20 w/w) is added slowly into the reactor, and the mixture is stiffed ≥1 hr, then cooled to 20±5° C. and stirred ≥2 hrs. The solid that formed is removed by centrifugation and washed with n-heptane (16.45 kg, 2.5 V, 1.70 w/w). HPLC analysis reports purity of compound 3 ≥96.0%. The solid is dried in a vacuum oven ≥12 hrs at 40±5° C. Drying is continued until a sample drawn for LOD analysis reports LOD ≤3%. HPLC analysis of the product reports Compound 2=96.3%, assay: 94.1%, corrected weight: 18.16 kg, yield: 86.4%. The final product is packaged in double LDPE plastic bags sealed with cable ties, and stored in well closed containers at room temperature.
- A reactor is flushed with N2 by evacuation to ≤0.08 Mpa, followed by introduction of N2. The flush procedure is repeated 3 times. An N2 atmosphere is maintained throughout the procedure. THF (160.75 kg, 10 V, 8.9 w/w) is added, and stirring is begun. Compound a (18 kg corrected weight, 1.0 eq.) is then added into the reactor, and the temperature is adjusted to 25±5° C. TMSOK (7.25 kg, 1.3 eq.) is added batchwise, and the mixture is stirred ≥8 hrs. Samples are drawn for HPLC analysis every 2±0.2 hours, and the reaction is continued until the area % of Compound 2 ≤3%. MeOH (142.10 kg, 10 V, 7.90 w/w) is then added into the reactor at 25±5° C., and the contents are stirred ≥1 hr. The mixture is cooled to 5±5° C. HCl/MeOH is added slowly to adjust pH to 5.4˜5.8. The mixture is stirred ≥2 hrs while maintaining pH 5.4˜5.8. The solid is removed by centrifugation, and is washed with MeOH (35.30 kg, 5 V, 3.95 w/w). The filtrate is combined with the reaction solution, and concentrated to 4˜5 V at ≤40° C. MeOH (141.85 kg, 10 V, 7.90 w/w) is added, and the mixture is concentrated to 4˜5 V at ≤40° C. CH3CN (210.80 kg, 15 V, 11.70 w/w) is added, and the mixture is concentrated to 4˜5 V at ≤40° C. Additional CH3CN (70.95 kg, 5 V, 3.90 w/w) is added into the reactor at 25±5° C. Seed crystals of Compound 4 are introduced into the reactor, and the mixture is stirred ≥0.5 hrs. Additional CH3CN (210.70 kg, 15 V, 11.70 w/w) is added slowly into the reactor, and the mixture is stirred at 25±5° C.≥2 hrs. The mixture is cooled to 5±5° C. and stirred ≥2 hrs. Samples are drawn every 2±0.2 hrs for HPLC analysis until the concentration of Compound 4 in supernatant ≤7.0 mg/mL. The solid is removed by centrifugation and washed with CH3CN (42.1 kg, 3 V, 2.34 w/w).
- HPLC analysis of the product reports area % of Compound 4 ≥95.0%. Chiral HPLC analysis of the product reports area % of IMG-7289-4 >98.0%. (HPLC purity: 97.7%, chiral HPLC purity: 100%)
- The filter cake is dried in a vacuum oven ≥12 hrs at 40±5° C. Drying is continued until samples drawn for KF and LOD report LOD=8.2%, and KF=1.8%. HPLC analysis of the product reports area % of Compound 4 ≥95.0%. (HPLC purity: 97.7%, assay: 86.6%). The product (weight: 15.35 kg) is packaged in double layer LDPE plastic bags under N2, sealed with cable ties within a fiber keg, and stored at 2˜8° C.
- Step 5(a): Synthesis of dodecyl (4S)-4-[4-(1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoylamino]-5-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-5-oxopentanethioate hydrochloride salt (5a)
- A reactor is flushed with N2 by evacuation to ≤0.08 Mpa, followed by introduction of N2. The flush procedure is repeated 3 times. An N2 atmosphere is maintained throughout the procedure. DCM (276.00 kg, 15 V, 19.95 w/w) is charged into the reactor and stirring is begun. Compound 4 (13.2 kg corrected weight, 1.0 eq.) is added into the reactor. The mixture is cooled to 5±5° C. 1-Dodecanethiol (8.10 kg, 1.20 eq.) is added, followed by DMAP (198 g, 0.05 eq.), then EDCI (7.71 kg, 1.20 eq.). The mixture is stirred ≥1 hr, then warmed to 20±5° C. A sample is drawn for HPLC analysis every 2±0.2 hours, and the reaction is continued until the area % of Compound 4 ≤3%. Soft water (66.50 kg, 5 V, 5.0 w/w) is then added, and the mixture is stirred ≥0.5 hr, then allowed to stand without stirring ≥0.5 hr. The layers are separated, and the aqueous phase is extracted with DCM (89.15 kg, 5 V, 6.65 w/w). The mixture is stirred ≥0.5 hr and allowed to stand without stirring ≥0.5 hr before the layers are separated. The combined organic layers are washed with aqueous NaCl solution (25 wt. %, 5 V). The mixture is stirred ≥0.5 hr and allowed to stand without stirring ≥ for at least 0.5 hr. The layers are separated and the organic phase is again washed with NaCl (25 wt. %, 5 V) The mixture is stirred ≥0.5 hr and allowed to stand without stirring ≥ for at least 0.5 hr. The organic layer is concentrated to 6˜7 V at ≤40° C. under vacuum, then EtOH (161.45 kg, 15 V, 11.58 w/w) is added. The volume is reduced to 6˜7 V at ≤50° C. under vacuum, then additional EtOH (65.60 kg, 6.3 V, 4.98 w/w) and CH3CN (282.65 kg, 26.7 V, 20.83 w/w) is added at 20±5° C. The mixture is stirred ≥1 hr at 20±5° C., then chilled to 10±5° C.
- HCl/EtOH (5.07 kg, 28.9 wt. % by titration, 1.20 eq.) is then added dropwise into the reactor at 10±5° C., and the mixture is stirred ≥12 hr at 10±5° C. The solid that forms is removed by centrifugation and washed with CH3CN (30.50 kg, 3 V, 2.34 w/w). HPLC analysis reports the area % of Compound 5 ≥95.0%. (HPLC purity: 99.3%). The product is dried in a vacuum oven ≥12 hrs at 45±5° C. Samples are drawn for LOD analysis every 5±0.2 hrs, and drying is continued until LOD ≤5.0%, Final LOD=3%. HPLC analysis reports Compound 5 ≥95.0% purity (HPLC purity: 99.1%, Assay: 94.9%). The product is transferred to double low density polyethylene (LDPE) bags with a tie within a fiber keg, weigh and stored below −20° C.
-
-
HCl Source Reaction conditions 1 2 Result 4M HCl/CH3OH 1 (150 g corrected 2.9% 92.6% N/A (10.0 eq.) mass) 5 V THF 5-25° C., 30 h. 5 V CH3OH 4M HCl/H2O 1 (10 g corrected 27.0% 7.5% Hydrolyzed (5.0 eq.) mass) impurity 10 V THF 5-25° C., 15 h. 4M HCl/EtOAc 1 (20 g corrected — 87.5% Light yellow (10.0 eq.) mass) solid 10 V EtOAc 5-25° C., 20 h. 4M HCl/dioxane 1 (100 g corrected 1.7% 92.0% N/A (5.0 eq.) mass) 5 V CH3OH 5-25° C., 20 h. - Conclusion: Reaction in dioxane provided excellent yield and avoided hydrolysis to carboxylic acid.
-
-
Starting Temp, material Reaction conditions Time 1 2 Result 1 (10 g corrected 4M HCl/dioxane 25-30° C., 10.0% 81.0% — mass) in dioxane (5.0 eq.) 40 h. (5.0 V) IPAc (2.0 V) 1 (10 g corrected 4M HCl/dioxane 25-30° C., 5.1% 83.3% White solid: 7.2 g mass) in dioxane (7.0 eq.) 40 h. Hygroscopic (5.0 V) P: 81.2% Yield: 63.5% 1 (50 g corrected 4M HCl/dioxane 20-30° C., — — Sticky oil formed mass) in dioxane (7.0 eq.) 10 h. and adhered to (5.0 V) the reactor internal wall. 1 (50 g corrected 4M HCl/dioxane 20-30° C., — — Sticky oil mass) in dioxane (7.0 eq.) 1 h. formed, hard for (5.0 V) scale up 1 (10 g corrected 4M HCl/dioxane 25-30° C., 5.41% 90.05% Crude oil mass) in dioxane (7.0 eq.) 18 h. (5.0 V) sulfolane (5 V) - Conclusion: Use of sulfolane as solvent gave excellent yield with useful physical properties for the resulting product.
- Reactions were performed at 25-30° C. in the indicated solvent.
-
Starting material Reaction conditions Time 1 2 Result 1 in 5 V of sulfolane (1 V) 0.5 h. — — Sticky oil formed dioxane (2.5 g 4M HCl/dioxane and adhered to crude solution, (5.0 eq.) the reactor 1 g corrected sulfolane (2 V) 0.5 h. — — internal wall. mass) 4M HCl/dioxane IPAc residual (5.0 eq.) (1.13%, 0.03 g) sulfolane (3 V) 0.5 h. — — 4M HCl/dioxane (5.0 eq.) sulfolane (5 V) 2 h. 12.6% 72.7% Small amount of 4M HCl/dioxane sticky oil formed (5.0 eq.) and adhered to the reactor internal wall. sulfolane (7 V) 16 h. n.d 90.5% Clear 4M HCl/dioxane solution (5.0 eq.) - Conclusion: Use of 7 V of sulfolane avoided the formation of undesirable oils.
- Reactions were performed at 25-30° C.
-
Temp, Rx part Time 1 2 1 (456.2 g crude solution, 4.5 h 1.9% 92.1% 100 g corrected weight) dioxane (5 V)/sulfolane (7 V) 4M HCl/dioxane (5.0 eq.) 1 (660 g crude solution, 1 h 2.6% 91.9% 145 g corrected weight) dioxane (5 V)/sulfolane (7 V) 4M HCl/dioxane (5.0 eq.) - Conclusion: Chosen solvent system gave acceptable reproducibility in product yield.
-
-
Sample Temp Time Assay Obtain 1.1 g of Compound 3. 15~25° C. 0 h 0.7 g Adjust pH to 10-11 with NaOH +20 h 0.5 g aqueous solution (6N). +7 h 0.4 g +24 h 0.3 g +24 h 0.2 g Obtain 1.0 g of Compound 3. 15~25° C. 0 h 1.0 g Adjust pH to 9-10 with 10 wt. % +10 h 1.0 g NaOH aqueous solution +24 h 1.0 g +24 h 1.0 g Obtain 1.0 g of Compound 3. 15~25° C. 0 h 1.0 g Adjust pH to 9-10 with 10 wt. % +10 h 0.99 g Na2CO3 aqueous solution +24 h 0.97 g +24 h 0.99 g Obtain 1.0 g of Compound 3. 15~25° C. 0 h 1.0 g Adjust pH to 9-10 with 6M +10 h 1.0 g LiOH aqueous solution +24 h 1.0 g +24 h 1.0 g Obtain 1.0 g of Compound 3. 15~25° C. 0 h 1.0 g Adjust pH to 9-10 with 10 wt. % +10 h 0.90 g K2CO3 aqueous solution +24 h 0.87 g +24 h 0.87 g - Conclusions:
-
- 1) Compound 2 is not stable when pH>10 in basic aqueous solution.
- 2) Compound 2 is relatively stable in weak basic aqueous solution while pH=9-10
- 3) Compound 2 is relatively instable in the presence of K2CO3.
-
-
Condition Solvent (10 V) Solubility (mg/mL) 300 mg Compound 3 MeOH Dissolved completely slurry in solvent at EtOH 22.5 mg/mL 15~20° C. IPA 14.1 mg/mL Acetonitrile 29.5 mg/mL EtOAc 9.0 mg/mL DCM Dissolved completely IPAc 4.8 mg/mL MTBE 0.6 mg/mL THF 84.2 mg/mL Heptane insoluble - Conclusion: Compound 2 has good solubility in DCM, THF or MeOH.
- Reactions were run at 20-25° C., using NMM (3.5 eq.)/HOBT (0.1 eq.), EDC.HCl (1.2 eq.).
-
Result & Purity Reactants Solvent Time 101 3 Work up & Yield 101 THF (13 V) 2 h 3.7% 81.7% Multiple light brown solid: (10 g, 1.0 eq.) H2O (2.3 V) IPAc 19.2 g; P: 94.1% 2 (1.2 eq.) extractions Q-NMR: 92.4%: assay yield: 80.8% 101 DCM (25 V) 1.5 h 1.3% 82.4% Single light brown solid: (10 g, 1.0 eq.) DCM 19.1 g; P: 94.8% 2 (1.2 eq.) extraction Q-NMR: 94.5% assay yield: 82.3% 101 DCM (25 V) 1.5 h 2.0% 88.1% Single off-white solid: (40 g, 1.0 eq.) DCM 73.4 g; P: 94.2% 2 (1.2 eq.) extraction Q-NMR: 97.8% - Conclusion: Use of DCM for both reaction conditions and workup provides favorable results due to high yield and avoidance of tedious work up.
-
-
Temp, Rx part Time 4 Result Yield 3 (1 g) 25-30° C., 94.6% White 98.2% Me3SiOK (0.7 g, 2.0 eq.) 3 h. solid, THF (20 V); then 0.95 g HCl (3.0 eq) 3 (2 g) 5-25° C., 94.4% White 95.8% Me3SiOK (1.4 g, 2.0 eq.) 3 h. solid, THF (10 V); then 1.85 g HCl (2.0 eq) 3 (40 g) 25-30° C., 94.9% Me3SiOK (1.2 eq.) 14 h. THF(10 V); then AMBERLITE ® IR120 - Conclusion: Use of Me3SiOK for ester hydrolysis performed well under nonaqueous conditions.
-
-
Rx part Time 3 4 Result 3 (30.0 g) 4 h 1.2% 94.2% White solid: 24.3 g Me3SiOK LOD: 6.86% (wt. % of (1.2 eq.) ACN from Q NMR: 6.5%) THF (10 V) KF: 0.20%; ee: 95.3% 20-30° C. Purity: 97.4% wt. % from Q NMR: 88.1% Yield: 73.9% 3 (1.0 g) 4 h 65.4% 33.3% No further workup Me3SiOK +14 h 31.2% 66.0% (1.2 eq.) +24 h 13.9% 82.0% MeOH +24 h 7.4% 88.4% (10 V) +24 h 4.9% 90.6% 10-20° C. - Conclusion: Faster reaction in THF than in MeOH.
- Compound 2 (2.0 g) reacted with Me3SiOK (1.2 eq.) in THF (10.0 V) at 20-30° C. for 14 hrs. n-Heptane (10.0 V) was added, then the supernatant was removed. THF (10.0 V) and H2O (1.0 V) were then added, and the pH was adjusted to 6.0-6.4 with AMBERLITE®. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to 4-5 V, whereon the mixture partitioned into an upper colorless phase and a lower orange phase.
-
Result and Process description comments MeOH (5.0 V) and THF (5.0 V) added to residue. Inefficient Resulting orange solution concentrated to 4-5 V. Process repeated: KF = 20.1%. Process repeated additional 3 times: KF = 7.6% MeOH (5.0 V) and toluene (5.0 V) added to residue. Impractical: Mixture partitions into two phases poor solvent miscibility MeOH (2.0 V) and CH3CN (10.0 V) added to residue. Potential Resulting orange solution concentrated to 4-5 V. applicability for Process repeated: KF = 9.5%. water removal Process repeated additional 2 times: KF = 0.7% MeOH (5.0 V) and CH3CN (10.0 V) added to residue. Resulting orange solution concentrated to 4-5 V. Process repeated: KF = 14.5%. Process repeated additional 2 times: KF = 1.9% - Conclusion: Use of mixed MeOH/CH3CN system useful for water removal.
-
-
Sample Solvent (10 V) Solubility (mg/mL) 300 mg 4 slurry in MeOH 37.0 mg/mL solvent at 15~20° C. EtOH 4.0 mg/mL IPA 0.9 mg/mL Acetonitrile 0.4 mg/mL EtOAc 0.4 mg/mL DCM 1.0 mg/mL IPAc 1.0 mg/mL THF 1.2 mg/mL - Conclusion: Product 4 shows high stability in MeOH; lower solubility in other tested solvents.
-
-
Result and Process description Water removal process comments 86.9 g (theoretical weight) Charge CH3CN (15.0 V) into the White solid isolated. Part Compound 4 in solution at 40 ± 5° C. within 30 of solid remained adhered MeOH/CH3CN (1.5 min. Stir ≥1 h. at 40 ± 5° C. Cool on the inner wall of the V/3.5 V) to 15 ± 5° C. and stir ≥6 h. at 15 ± reactor. 5° C. 19.3 g (theoretical weight) Charge the solution into CH3CN Separation of an oil. Compound 4 in (15.0 V) dropwise at 25 ± 5° C. MeOH/CH3CN (2.0 within 1 h. Stir ≥2 h. at 25 ± 5° C. V/4.0 V) 9.7 g (theoretical weight) Stir the solution at 20 ± 5° C. and White solid isolated. Part Compound 4 in add some crystal seeds. Large of solid remained adhered MeOH/CH3CN (2.0 amount of white solid appeared on the inner wall of the V/4.0 V) within 5 min. Charge CH3CN reactor. (15.0 V) and stir ≥10 h. at 20 ± 5° C. 9.7 g (theoretical weight) Stir the solution at 30 ± 5° C. and White solid isolated. A Compound 4 in add some seed crystals. Charge small fraction of solid MeOH/CH3CN (2.0 CH3CN (15.0 V) after 10 min. remained adhered on the V/4.0 V) Stir ≥10 h. at 20 ± 5° C. inner wall of the reactor. - Conclusion: seeding and temperature control were key parameters to the crystallization process.
- Exploration of Step 5(a): Coupling with Thiol Plus Hydrochloride Salt Formation.
- Reaction was run with DMAP (0.05 eq.); workup: 1 eq. of HCl/EtOH at 20-30° C.
-
Temp, Result and Reaction conditions Time 4 5 comments 4 (2 g)/DCM (10 V) 0-10° C. for 1 h.; 0.0% 81.0% White solid: HS(CH2)11CH3 25° C. for 14 h. 1.40 g (1.2 eq.) P: 98.0% EDCI (1.5 eq.) Yield: 45.1% 4 (20 g)/DCM (15 V) 0-10° C. for 1 h.; 0.0% 88.2% White solid: HS(CH2)11CH3 10-20° C. for 14 24.7 g (1.2 eq.) h. P: 96.8% EDCI (1.2 eq.) Yield: 79.6% - Conclusion: Formation of HCl salt gave high yield of product with high purity and having useful physical properties.
- Experiments were performed 15˜25° C. for 20 h.
-
Sample Condition Result 5a (500 mg slurry) MeOH Adhesive larger particles in solvent (20 V); EtOH Adhesive smaller particles charge HCl (EtOH) IPA Adhesive smaller particles solvent EA Gelatinous; not adhesive DCM THF ACN Larger particles; not adhesive MTBE Gelatinous; adhesive IPAc NMP Soluble DMSO Soluble 5a (15 g slurry) EtOH Difficult filtration in solvent; (40 V) then charge HCl (EtOH) EtOH/ACN Facile filtration solvent (1:2) (40 V) - Conclusion: ACN and EtOH/ACN solvent systems gave beneficial filtration properties.
-
-
Reaction IPC(LCMS) Starting Materials Conditions (Acid method) Reaction part 5 Temp./Time 5 6 Wet Pd/C (15 wt. %, 2.0 g 0-5° C., 2 h 43.4% 54.9% Pd: 10%, water content: scale −5-5° C., 4 h 0.8% 94.7% 56.5%) −5-5° C., 6 h 0.3% 97.4% Et3SiH (5.0 eq.) 10.0 g −5-0° C., 2 h 32.2% 67.7% HOAc (1.5 eq.) scale −5-5° C., 4 h — 99% THF (10 V) Workup — 99% - Workup step resulting in 5 g light yellow solid for a yield of 77%.
- Solvent: THF (10 V)/HOAC (1.5 eq.). Reductant: Et3SiH (5.0 eq.).
-
Starting materials Reaction conditions 5 impurity 6 5 (2.0 g) 5 ± 5° C. for 36 h. 72.4% n.d. 26.1% Wet Pd/C 5 ± 5° C. for 48 h. 69.7% n.d. 28.9% (15 wt. %) 5 (5.0 g) 5 ± 5° C. for 24 h. 32.4% n.d. 65.4% Wet Pd/C 5 ± 5° C. for 36 h. 32.1% n.d. 65.4% (15 wt. %) 5 (2.0 g) 5 ± 5° C. for 12 h. n.d. 11.9% 84.3% Anhyd. Pd/C 5 ± 5° C. for 24 h. n.d. 12.0% 84.4% (7.5 wt. %) 5 (2.0 g) 5 ± 5° C. for 1 h. n.d. 3.7% 92.4% Anhyd. Pd/C 5 ± 5° C. for 12 h. n.d. 17.4% 78.2% (7.5 wt. %) - Conclusion: Use of wet Pd/C susceptible to reaction stall before completeness. The reaction did not go to completion using a new batch of wet Pd/C from the same local vendor. The reaction performed more satisfactorily with anhydrous Pd/C, as compared to wet Pd/C.
- Solvent: THF (10 V)/HOAC (1.5 eq.). Reductant: Et3SiH (4.0 eq.). Reactions were run at 10-20° C.
-
Starting IPC (HPLC) Materials Time 5 Impurity 6 5 (2.0 g, current campaign) 2 h 1.7% n.d. 95.4% Anhyd. Pd/C (2.5 wt. %, Shanxi 4 h n.d. 0.4% 94.5% Kaida, 16112311) 5 h n.d. 0.2% 94.7% 18 h n.d. 0.4% 91.6% 5 (2.0 g, current campaign) 2 h 26.1% n.d. 72.5% Anhyd. Pd/C (2.5 wt. %, Shanxi 4 h 12.3% 0.3% 84.9% Kaida, 20161001) 5 h 5.6% 0.4% 91.3% 18 h n.d. 0.9% 94.1% 5 (2.0 g, current campaign) 2 h 3.3% n.d. 94.4% Anhyd. Pd/C (2.5 wt. %, Shanxi 4 h n.d. 0.2% 96.5% Kaida, 20160919) 5 h n.d. 1.1% 94.6% 18 h n.d. 2.3% 91.7% 5 (2.0 g, current campaign) 2 h 9.4% n.d. 88.7% Anhyd. Pd/C (2.5 wt. %, Alfa, 4 h n.d. 0.1% 95.9% 170111219991) 5 h n.d. 0.1% 94.9% 18 h n.d. 0.3% 91.3% 5 (2.0 g, previous campaign) 2 h 36.9% n.d. 60.0% Anhyd. Pd/C (2.5 wt. %, Shanxi 4 h 7.4% 0.2% 86.6% Kaida, 16112311) 6 h 0.5% 0.3% 92.1% 22 h n.d. 0.3% 90.7% 5 (2.0 g, previous campaign) 2 h 30.6% n.d. 65.8% Anhyd. Pd/C (2.5 wt. %, Shanxi 4 h 2.2% 0.2% 92.1% Kaida, 20161001) 6 h n.d. 0.3% 93.1% 22 h n.d. 0.4% 91.3% 5 (2.0 g, previous campaign) 2 h 42.8% n.d. 53.9% Anhyd. Pd/C (2.5 wt. %, Alfa, 4 h 16.1% 0.2% 78.7% 170111219991) 6 h 2.6% 0.3% 90.5% 22 h 0.8% 0.3% 90.0% 5 (2.0 g, previous campaign) 2 h 25.5% n.d. 71.2% Anhyd. Pd/C (2.5 wt. %, Shanxi 4 h 0.4% 0.3% 93.5% Kaida, 20160919) 6 h n.d. 0.4% 92.8% 22 h n.d. 0.6% 91.0% - Conclusion: Reproducibility with various Pd catalysts not optimal.
- Reductant: Et3SiH (4.0 eq.)
-
Starting IPC (HPLC) Materials Reaction Conditions 5 Impurity 6 5 (2.0 g, previous campaign) 10~20° C., 0.5 h 0.5% — 95.6% THF (10 V) 10~20° C., +2 h 0.4% 1.0% 95.5% HOAc (1.5 eq.) 10~20° C., +5 h 0.8% 0.9% 94.1% Pd(OH)2/C (15 wt. %) 10~20° C., +16 h 0.5% 1.0% 94.3% 5(2.0 g, previous campaign) 10~20° C., 0.5 h 97.2% — 0.4% THF (10 V) 10~20° C., +2 h 7.9% 7.4% 79.9% Pd(OH)2/C (15 wt. %) 10~20° C., +5 h 0.9% 31.4% 58.3% 10~20° C., +5 h — 42.3% 44.6% 5 (2.0 g, previous campaign) 10~20° C., 0.5 h 97.3% — 1.0% THF (10 V)/HOAc (1.5 eq.) 10~20° C., 1.5 h 97.7% — 1.0% Pd(OAc)2 (1 wt. %) 10~20° C., 3.5 h 96.7% — 1.1% 10~20° C., +16 h 94.6% — .1.1% 10~20° C., +8 h 95.1% — 1.2% 5 (2.0 g, previous campaign) 10~20° C., 0.5 h 98.0% —* 0.7% THF (10 V) 10~20° C., 1.5 h 60.0% — 35.6% Pd(OAc)2 (1 wt. %) 10~20° C., 3.5 h 0.2% 8.5% 84.0% 10~20° C., +16 h 0.1% 22.7% 53.5% 10~20° C., +8 h — 28.1% 47.0% 5 (2.0 g, previous campaign) 10~20° C., 0.5 h 95.5% — 0.5% THF (10 V) 10~20° C., 2 h 95.8% — 1.3% Pd(OAc)2 (0.5 wt. %) 10~20° C., 3 h 92.5% — 4.5% 10~20° C., 5 h 78.1% — 16.3% 10~20° C., +16 h — 4.7% 84.3% 5 (2.0 g, previous campaign) 10~20° C., 0.5 h 95.1% — — THF (10 V) 10~20° C., 2 h 96.7% — — Pd(OAc)2 (0.1 wt. %) 10~20° C., 3 h 97.7% — — 10~20° C., 5 h 93.9% — — 10~20° C., +16 h 94.8% — — 5 (2.0 g, previous campaign) 10~20° C., 16 h 98.2% — — THF (10 V) Add 1.5 wt. % cat. 96.7% — — Pd(PPh3)4 (0.1 wt. %) 10~20° C., +3 h Add 7.5 wt. % cat. 95.5% — 0.4% 10~20° C., +3 h - Reductant: Et3SiH (4.0 eq.).
-
Starting IPC (HPLC) Materials Time 5 Impurity 6 5 (2.0 g, 1.0 eq.) , 2 h 95.56% — 1.26% THF (10 V) 4 h 95.68% — 1.39% Pd(OAc)2 (1 wt. %) 6 h 94.09% — 2.21% −10~−5° C. 10 h 93.02% — 3.80% 28 h 93.28% — 4.10% 2 h 90.33% — 7.57% 5 (2.0 g, 1.0 eq.) 4 h 66.34% — 30.92% THF (10 V) 6 h 52.15% 1.63% 43.42% Pd(OAc)2 (1 wt. %) 8 h 15.92% 6.05% 74.77% 10~20° C. 10 h 0.21% 10.70% 84.84% 28 h 0.33% 33.44% 61.60% 2 h 84.46% — 12.72% 5 (2.0 g, 1.0 eq.) 4 h 51.79% — 44.57% HF (10 V) 5 h 16.96% 3.84% 76.085 Pd(OAc)2 (1 wt. %) 6 h 0.36% 9.99% 84.61% 0~5° C. 10 h 0.39% 35.91% 54.91% 28 h 0.41% 92.27% 2.78% 5 (2.0 g, 1.0 eq.) 2 h 97.91% — 0.39% THF (10 V) 3 h 97.81% — 0.43% Pd(OAc)2 (0.5 wt. %) 6 h 93.40% — 4.69% 0~5° C. 20 h 89.79% 0.11% 8.50% 5 (2.0 g, 1.0 eq.) 2 h 98.09% — 0.15% THF (10 V) 4 h 98.19% — 0.12% Pd(OAc)2 (0.25 wt. %) 6 h 98.16% — 0.11% 0~5° C. 20 h 98.71% — 0.12% - Conclusion: Conversion to product was observed; impurity levels higher than using Pd/C catalyst.
- Reductant: Et3SiH (4.0 eq.). Catalyst: anhydrous Pd/C (7.5 wt. %). Reactions were run at 10-20° C.
-
Starting IPC (HPLC) Materials Time 5 Impurity 6 5 (2.0 g, 1.0 eq.) 1 h 26.1% 5.3% 65.3% THF (10 V) +3 h — 73.4% 22.3% HOAc (0.1 eq.) +5 h — 92.6% 1.5% 5 (2.0 g, 1.0 eq.) 1 h 0.9% 3.7% 90.9% THF (10 V) +3 h — 78.6% 16.9% HOAc (0.5 eq.) +5 h — 90.0% 3.1% 5 (2.0 g, 1.0 eq.) 1 h 7.4% 0.5% 89.3% THF (10 V) +3 h — 19.9% 75.9% HOAc (1.0 eq.) +5 h — 41.5% 53.5% - Conclusion: Presence of at least 1.0 eq of HOAc is required to reduce the amount of impurity.
- The starting material 5 that was used for these trials was obtained without an intervening step of purification as hydrochloride salt 5a. Solvent: THF (10 V)/HOAc (1.5 eq.). Reactions were run at 10-20° C.
-
IPC (HPLC) Entry Time 5 Impurity 6 5 (2.0 g, current campaign) 2 h 48.4% n.d. 47.2% Et3SiH (4.0 eq.) 4 h 34.9% n.d. 59.9% Anhyd. Pd/C(2.5 wt. %, Shanxi 6 h 30.0% 0.1% 64.2% Kaida, 16112311) 22 h 24.5% 0.1% 67.8% 5 (2.0 g, current campaign) 2 h 57.4% n.d. 38.3% Et3SiH (4.0 eq.) 4 h 48.7% n.d. 46.3% Anhyd. Pd/C (2.5 wt. %, Alfa, 6 h 42.4% n.d. 52.0% 170111219991) 22 h 39.2% 0.04% 53.4% - The above results, showing poor conversion to aldehyde 6, demonstrate the importance of purifying Compound 5 as its HCl salt 5a.
- Alternate sources of 5, obtained without the intervening step of purification as the HCl salt, were subjected to alternate purification methods. Conversion to aldehyde 6 was explored. Solvent: THF (10 V)/HOAc (1.5 eq.). Reductant: Et3SiH (4.0 eq.). Reactions were run at 10-20° C.
-
Starting IPC (HPLC) Materials Time 5 Impurity 6 5 (3.0 g, after slurry 2 h 37.4% 0.01% 58.5% with silica gel) 4 h 23.1% 0.04% 72.0% Anhyd. Pd/C (2.5 wt. %, 6 h 19.1% 0.06% 75.2% Shanxi Kaida, 16112311) 22 h 17.7% 0.09% 74.9% 5 (3.0 g, after slurry 2 h 6.3% 0.05% 90.4% with activated charcoal) 4 h 2.0% 0.11% 93.7% Anhyd. Pd/C (2.5 wt. %, 6 h 1.2% 0.22% 93.6% Shanxi Kaida, 16112311) 22 h 0.7% 0.32% 92.4% 5 (10.0 g, after charcoal 3 h 0.87% 3.7% 88.06% adsorption) 6 h N/A 19.9% 72.7% Anhyd. Pd/C (2.5 wt. %) 5 (50.0 g, after charcoal 3 h 75.0% N/A 20.4% adsorption) 6 h 50.6% N/A 43.3% Anhyd. Pd/C (2.5 wt. %) 15 h 37.2% 8.9% 47.1% - Conclusion: Reaction on a smaller scale (10 g) with material purified by charcoal adsorption proceeded well; however, reaction on a larger scale (50 g) stalled. These results confirmed that inclusion of the step of purification of 5 as its HCl salt is preferred.
- Solvent: THF (10 V)/HOAc (1.5 eq.)/water (as indicated). Reductant: Et3SiH (4.0 eq.). Reactions were run at 10-20° C. and aliquots were drawn periodically for analysis.
-
Starting IPC (HPLC) Materials Time 5 Impurity 6 5 (5.0 g, 1.0 eq. 2 h 75.3% — 22.1% previous campaign) 6 h 75.6% — 22.9% Anhyd. Pd/C (2.5 wt %) 12 h 75.7% — 20.7% H2O (2.0 eq.) 5 (5.0 g, 1.0 eq. 2 h 81.5% — 16.4% previous campaign) 6 h 83.4% — 14.7% Anhyd. Pd/C (2.5 wt %) 12 h 82.1% — 15.5% H2O (10.0 eq.) - Conclusion: The experimental result demonstrated that high water content results in a slow rate of reaction.
- Solvent: THF (10 V)/HOAc (1.5 eq.). Reductant: Et3SiH (4.0 eq.). The reaction was run at 0-5° C. and aliquots were drawn periodically for analysis.
-
Starting IPC (HPLC) Materials Time 5 Impurity 6 5 (10.0 g) 2 h 65.24% — 31.85% Anhyd. Pd/C 6 h 29.11% — 64.94% (2.5 wt %) 8 h 14.54% — 80.02% +20 h 6.61% 0.16% 86.47% +24 h 5.76% 0.26% 89.02% +28 h 5.82% 0.37% 87.88% 5 (10.0 g) 2 h 2.68% — 90.24% Anhyd. Pd/C 6 h 0.39% 0.21% 94.00% (5.0 wt %) 8 h 0.38% 2.79% 91.72% +20 h 0.37% 32.43% 57.98% +24 h 0.25% 34.44% 58.25% 5 (10.0 g) 2 h 1.40% — 92.88% Anhyd. Pd/C 5 h — 2.38% 91.0% (7.5 wt %) 8 h — 18.41% 76.32% +20 h 0.1% 35.63% 58.77% +24 h 0.1% 36.34% 57.80% - Conclusion: minimal impurity was formed with the use of 2.5 weight % catalyst with times less than 8 hr.
- Solvent: THF (10 V)/HOAc (1.5 eq.). Reductant: Et3SiH (4.0 eq.). Reactions were run at 0-5° C.
-
Starting IPC (HPLC) Materials Time 5 Impurity 6 5 (10.0 g, 1.0 eq.) 2 h 96.28% — 6.96% 10 wt. % Wet Pd/C 4 h 16.95% — 81.43% (egg shell for Pd distribution, 6 h 0.40% — 97.61% completely reduced Pd[0]) 8 h 0.37% — 97.25% Batch No.: (S316F01099) 24 h 0.36% — 97.04% 36 h 0.29% — 96.92% 5 (10.0 g, 1.0 eq.) 2 h 99.13% — 0.16% Anhyd. Pd/C (5 wt. %) 4 h 98.71% — 0.75% (egg shell for Pd distribution, 6 h 96.75% — 1.65% containing un-reduced Pd[II]) 8 h 96.89% 0.15% 2.47% Batch No.: (S314F00417) 24 h 0.42% 69.54% 28.20% 36 h 0.17% 69.69% 27.95% 5 (10.0 g, 1.0 eq.) 2 h 49.25% — 49.63% Anhyd. Pd/C (5 wt. %) 4 h 1.96% — 96.17% (egg shell for Pd distribution, 6 h 0.37% 0.31% 97.73% reduced Pd[0]) 8 h — 3.87% 93.64% Batch No.: (S316F00967) 24 h — 41.05% 56.94% 36 h 0.10% 40.57% 56.67% - Conclusion: Faster rate of reaction with completely reduced Pd(0) catalyst.
- Solvent: THF (10 V)/HOAc (1.5 eq.). Catalyst: anhyd. Pd/C (7.5 wt. %)
-
Starting materials Reaction conditions 5 impurity 6 5 (1.0 g) 5 ± 5° C. for 4 h. 18.5% n.d. 79.3% Et3SiH (3.0 eq.) 5 (1.0 g) 5 ± 5° C. for 4 h. n.d. 1.7% 95.9% Et3SiH (4.0 eq.) 5 (1.0 g) 5 ± 5° C. for 4 h. 0.04% 3.3% 92.6% Et3SiH (5.0 eq.) - Conclusion: The reaction performed best by using more than 3 eq. of Et3SiH.
- Solvent: THF (10 V)/HOAc (1.5 eq.). Reductant: Et3SiH (4.0 eq.).
-
Starting materials Reaction conditions 5 impurity 6 5 (1.0 g,) 5 ± 5° C. for 3 h. 26.6% n.d. 72.2% Anhyd. Pd/C 5 ± 5° C. for 6 h. 3.6% 0.02% 92.1% (1.0 wt. %) 5 ± 5° C. for 18 h. 0.8% 0.01% 92.1% 5 (1.0 g,) 5 ± 5° C. for 3 h. 26.1% n.d. 72.8% Anhyd. Pd/C 5 ± 5° C. for 6 h. n.d. 0.07% 96.9% (2.5 wt. %) 5 ± 5° C. for 18 h. n.d. 0.24% 96.1% 5 (1.0 g,) 5 ± 5° C. for 3 h. 0.07% 0.02% 97.3% Anhyd. Pd/C 5 ± 5° C. for 6 h. 0.04% 0.02% 94.8% (5.0 wt. %) 5 ± 5° C. for 18 h. 0.08% 0.03% 96.4% - Solvent: THF (10 V)/HOAc (1.5 eq.). Reductant: Et3SiH (4.0 eq.).
-
Catalyst; Temp Time 5 Impurity 6 5 (10 g); 2.5 h 17.57% — 80.17% Pd/C (2.5 wt. %); 3.5 h 0.85% — 94.00% 20~25° C. 4.5 h 0.36% 7.64% 88.52% 5.5 h 0.31% 15.50% 80.19% 6.5 h 0.43% 21.61% 73.51% 7.5 h 0.48% 25.07% 68.30% 8.5 h 0.33% 35.74% 56.83% 20.5 h 0.35% 53.92% 36.72% 5 (10 g); 2.5 h 45.45% — 53.61% Pd/C (3.0 wt. %); 3.5 h 36.11% — 62.72% 0~5° C. 4.5 h 42.15% — 56.52% 5.5 h 31.86% — 66.17% 6.5 h 16.98% — 80.27% 7.5 h 25.05% 0.02% 72.78% 8.5 h 16.16% 0.08% 79.89% 20.5 h 0.29% 24.48% 71.91% 5 (10 g); 2.5 h 13.27% — 84.38% Pd/C (4.0 wt. %); 3.5 h 1.53% — 96.70% 0~5° C. 4.5 h 1.68% — 96.60% 5.5 h 0.23% — 97.35% 6.5 h 0% — 96.41% 7.5 h 0.38% 0.19% 96.65% 8.5 h 0.35% 1.32% 93.52% 20.5 h 0.29% 31.34% 63.40% 5 (10 g); 2.5 h 34.51% — 64.07% Pd/C (5.0 wt. %); 3.5 h 19.72% — 78.06% 0~10° C. 4.5 h 15.19% — 82.48% 5.5 h 5.45% 0.05% 91.44% 6.5 h 2.24% 0.07% 94.52% 7.5 h 1.30% 0.09% 95.22% 8.5 h 0.44% 0.56% 94.02% 20.5 h 0.37% 31.82% 64.28% - Conclusion: Use of either 4.0 wt % or 5.0 wt % catalyst provides nearly complete conversion to product. Decrease in product and increase in impurity observed with prolonged reaction time and should be avoided.
- Solvent: THF (10 V)/HOAc (1.5 eq.). Reductant: Et3SiH (4.0 eq.).
-
Starting materials Reaction conditions 5 impurity 6 5 (100.0 g) 5-20° C. for 1 h; n.d. 4.1% 91.2% Anhydr. Pd/C 15 ± 5° C. for 17 h (2.5 wt. %) 5 (100.0 g) 5-20° C. for 1 h; n.d. 0.8% 94.6% Anhydr. Pd/C 15 ± 5° C. for 8 h (2.5 wt. %) 5 (50.0 g) 5-20° C. for 1 h; n.d. 4.1% 91.1% Anhydr. Pd/C 15 ± 5° C. for 8 h (2.5 wt. %) 5 (50.0 g) 5-20° C. for 1 h; n.d. 4.3% 91.6% Anhydr. Pd/C 15 ± 5° C. for 8 h (2.5 wt. %) - Reaction performed satisfactorily at 100 g scale.
- Solvent: THF (10 V)/HOAc (1.5 eq.). Catalyst: Pd/C (4.0 wt %). Reductant: Et3SiH (4.0 eq.). Temp −5˜10° C.
-
Reactant Time 5 Impurity 6 Comments 5 (50.0 g) 3.0 h 0.46% 0.61% 96.43% 26.2 g. HPLC Purity: 93.40% Assay: 81.79% 5 (50.0 g) 3.0 h 0.43% 1.31% 94.79% 29.7 g. HPLC Purity: 97.83% Assay: 97.00% 5 (50.0g) 3.0 h 1.39% 0.13% 95.74% 29.3 g. HPLC Purity: 97.17% Assay: 97.47% 5 (50.0 g) 3.0 h 10.07% — 68.27% Without further 5.0 h 12.88% 0.13% 85.38% purification 7.0 h 5.99% 1.39% 90.56% 9.0 h 6.69% 2.28% 88.71% 11.0 h 0.56% 5.78% 90.30% 5 (50.0 g) 3.0 h 40.47% — 58.73% Without further 5.0 h 2.39% — 95.64% purification 11.0 h 0.44% 10.38% 86.09% 13.0 h 0.45% 12.56% 84.89% 15.0 h 0.44% 14.44% 82.56% 17.0 h 0.05% 19.87% 77.09% 21.0 h 0.45% 25.12% 72.63% 5 (100.0 g) 3.0 h 0.43% — 97.57% Crude weight: 5.0 h 0.48% 1.43% 95.67% 72.6 g HPLC 7.0 h 0.50% 7.59% 89.42% Purity: 83.44 9.0 h 0.43% 10.64% 86.80% Impurity@14.7 min: 12.75% - Conclusion: Reaction is highly repeatable. High level of conversion with low level of impurity can be accomplished by careful control of reaction time.
- Solvent: THF (10 V)/HOAc (1.5 eq.). Reductant: Et3SiH (4.0 eq.). Catalyst: Anhydr. Pd/C (2.5 wt. %)
-
Starting materials Reaction conditions 5 impurity 6 Comments 5 (20.0g) 5-20° C. for 1 h; n.d. 1.6% 91.0% HPLC purity: 94.6% 15 ± 5° C. for 6 h Off-white solid: 13.7 g Assay: 85.9% Assay mass: 11.8 g Yield: 89.8% 5 (20.0 g) 5-20° C. for 1 h; 0.4% 0.5% 92.3% HPLC purity: 93.1% 15 ± 5° C. for 6 h Off-white solid: 2.2 g Assay: 89.7% Assay mass: 10.9 g Yield: 82.9% - Conclusion: Repeatability of selected conditions is excellent.
-
-
Reaction Starting Materials Conditions IPC(HPLC) Reaction part Reductant Temp./Time 6 7 1 6 (500 mg) NaBH3CN −5-5° C., 2 h 4.2% 39.1% 9 (1.0 eq.) (1.4 eq.) 10-20° C., 12 h 8.7% 39.3% 2 THF (10 V) Py.BH3 0 ± 5° C., 1 h 44.4% 55.1% (1.4 eq.) 15 ± 5° C., 2 h 15.7% 53.1% 3 STAB −5-5° C., 2 h 13.4% 68.1% (1.0 eq.) 10-20° C., 12 h 6.1% 60.4% 4 H2 (1-2 atm), wet 10-20° C., 12 h 86.1% — Pd/C (1.0 eq.) 15 wt % 5 6 (500 mg) NaBH4 (1.0 eq.) −5-5° C., 2 h 2.2% 80.9% 9 (1.0 eq.) 10-20° C., 12 h 3.1% 78% THF (7 V)/ MeOH (14 V) - Conclusion: Best performance is achieved with NaBH4.
- Solvent: THF (7 V)/MeOH (14 V). Reductant: NaBH4 (1.0 eq.)
-
Starting materials Reaction conditions 6 7 comments 6 (7.29 g in THF −10° C. for 2 h.; 0.5% 81.2% Purity: 84.96% solution by assay) 15-25° C. for 1 h. Assay: 14.71% 9 in THF 15-25° C. for 16 h. 0.5% 82.9% Assay Yield: solution (1.1 eq.) 73.1% 6 (10.0 g) in THF −15-5° C. for 2 h. n.d. 82.3% IPA solution solution (1.0 eq.) 10-20° C. for 18 h. n.d. 81.6% Assay mass: 9 (1.0 eq.) 10-20° C. for n.d. 83.1% 10.2 g additional 24 h. P: 82.2% Assay yield: 75.5% - Conclusion: Reduction of Compound 2 to 1.0 equivalents can be achieved without loss in product yield or purity.
- Solvent: MeOH (14.0 V)/THF (7.0 V).
-
Starting materials Reaction conditions 6 7 Comments 6 (9.4 g, −10 ± 5° C., 2 h.; 4.3% 78.4% HPLC purity: 83.4% 1.0 eq.) 20 ± 5° C., 2 h. IPA solution: 70.3 g 9 (1.0 eq.) Assay: 14.2% NaBH4 Assay mass: 10.0 g (1.0 eq.) Yield: 78.7% 6 (9.4 g, −10 ± 5° C., 2 h; 2.2% 81.3% HPLC purity: 88.5% 1.0 eq.) 20 ± 5° C., 2 h. IPA solution: 71.3 g 9 (1.0 eq.) Assay: 14.0% NaBH4 Assay mass: 10.0 g (1.0 eq.) Yield: 78.7% - Conclusion: Repeatability of selected conditions is excellent.
- Solvent: MeOH (14.0 V)/THF (7.0 V).
-
Starting materials Reaction conditions 6 7 Comments 6 (15.0 g, 1.0 eq.) −10 ± 5° C., 2 h — 89.88% 16.80 g. 9 (5.9 g, 1.0 eq.) 20 ± 5° C., 1 h HPLC Purity: NaBH4 90.08% (1.48 g, 1.0 eq.) Assay: 13.79% 6 (15.0 g, 1.0 eq.) −10 ± 5° C., 2 h — 86.97% 16.88 g. 9 (5.9 g, 1.0 eq.) 20 ± 5° C., 1 h HPLC Purity: NaBH4 90.32% (1.48 g, 1.0 eq.) Assay: 15.31% - Conclusion: Repeatability of selected condition is on a larger scale is excellent.
-
-
Filter cake Filtrate Major Solvent loss Purity impurity Crude product (10 V) (wt %) (%) (%) HPLC purity: MeOH 8.6 99.5 0.23 97.9%, EtOH 1.2 98.4 0.84 Major impurity: IPA 0.2 97.6 1.1 0.94% IPOAc 0 97.7 1.1 100 mg for each THF 0.1 97.7 1.1 slurry at DCM 0.3 97.6 1.1 25 ± 5° C. EtOAc 0 97.7 1.1 MTBE 0.03 97.7 1.1 -
Filter cake Max single Sample Solvent Condition Purity impurity Yield 1.0 g crude 8 MeOH (10 V) Slurry at 99.68% 0.32% 79% HPLC purity: MeOH (15 V) 55-65° C. 99.52% 0.16% 76% 97.9%, MeOH/EtOAc for 3 h 99.31% 0.44% 80% Max single (2.5 V/2.5 V) and cool impurity: MeOH/EtOAc down to 99.26% 0.37% 80% 0.94%) (5 V/5 V) 25° C., stir for another 3 h
Examination of reproducibility. - Solvent:
-
Starting materials Reaction conditions 8 Comments 7 (10.0 g, 25 ± 5° C., 21 h. 98.2% White solid: 12.7 g 1.0 eq.) Slurry with MeOH/ 99.6% Yield: 76.4% in IPA solution EtOAc KF: 0.8% TsOH (2.5 eq.) (5.0 V/5.0 V) Residual Solvent: THF (12.0 V) 50 ± 5° C., 3 h.; MeOH: 383 ppm; IPA (4.0 V) 25 ± 5° C., 3 h. EtOAc: 1866 ppm; Slurry with n-heptane 99.4% n-Heptane: 1745 ppm; (10.0 V) other solvents: 25 ± 5° C. for 3 h. not detected Dry in vacuo at 100% Pd content: <LOQ 35 ± 5° C. for 25 h. 7 (10.0 g, 25 ± 5° C., 15 h. 98.5% White solid: 13.4 g 1.0 eq.) Slurry with MeOH/ 99.4% Yield: 80.6% in IPA solution EtOAc KF: 1.0% TsOH (2.5 eq.) (5.0 V/5.0 V) Residual solvent: THF (12.0 V) 50 ± 5° C., 3 h.; MeOH: 903 ppm; IPA (4.0 V) 25 ± 5° C., 3 h. EtOAc: 1881 ppm; Slurry with n-heptane 99.6% n-Heptane: 1034 ppm; (10.0 V) IPA: 120 ppm; 25 ± 5° C. for 3 h. other solvents: not Dry in vacuo at 100% detected 35 ± 5° C. for 20 h. Pd content: <LOQ - Conclusion: Repeatability of selected conditions is excellent.
- Solvent: IPA (12 V)/THF (4 V)
-
Starting Stepwise materials Reaction conditions 8 Comments 7 (10.0 g, Allow to react: 98.84% Weight: 13.1 g 1.0 eq.) 25 ± 5° C., 15 h Assay: 98.7% TsOH•H2O Dry in vacuo: 98.65% Solvent residual: (2.5 eq.) 35 ± 5° C., 15 h n-heptane: 167 ppm; Dissolve in MeOH 99.65% no other solvents (34 V): 50 ± 5° C., 3 h Chiral HPLC: Concentrate to 5~6 V 99.86% Slurry with 6.0 V EtOAc: Pd residual: <LOQ 50 ± 5° C., 3 h; (2.8 ppm) 25 ± 5° C., 3 h ROI: 0.03% Slurry with 10.0 V 99.72% n-Heptane: 25 ± 5° C., 3 h Dry in vacuo: 35 ± 5° C., 15 h 7 (10.0g, Dry in vacuo: 98.80% Weight: 12.6 g 1.0 eq.) at 25 ± 5° C., 15 h Assay: 98.3% TsOH•H2O Dry in vacuo at 98.33% Solvent residual: (2.5 eq.) 35 ± 5° C. for 15 h n-heptane:198 ppm; Dissolve in 34 V MeOH: 99.74% no other solvents 50 ± 5° C., 3 h Chiral HPLC: Concentrate to 5~6 V 99.88% Slurry with 6.0 V EtOAc: Pd residual: <LOQ 50 ± 5° C., 3 h; (2.8 ppm) 25 ± 5° C., 3 h Slurry with 10.0 V 99.85% n-Heptane: 25 ± 5° C., 3 h Dry in vacuo: 35 ± 5° C. for 15 h - Conclusion: Repeatability of selected conditions is excellent.
- The detailed description set-forth above is provided to aid those skilled in the art in practicing the present disclosure. However, the disclosure described and claimed herein is not to be limited in scope by the specific embodiments herein disclosed because these embodiments are intended as illustration of several aspects of the disclosure. Any equivalent embodiments are intended to be within the scope of this disclosure. Indeed, various modifications of the disclosure in addition to those shown and described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description, which do not depart from the spirit or scope of the present inventive discovery. Such modifications are also intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
Claims (20)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/807,061 US20230104647A1 (en) | 2016-08-16 | 2022-06-15 | Methods and processes for the preparation of kdm1a inhibitors |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201662375728P | 2016-08-16 | 2016-08-16 | |
PCT/US2017/047208 WO2018035259A1 (en) | 2016-08-16 | 2017-08-16 | Methods and processes for the preparation of kdm1a inhibitors |
US201916326495A | 2019-02-19 | 2019-02-19 | |
US17/807,061 US20230104647A1 (en) | 2016-08-16 | 2022-06-15 | Methods and processes for the preparation of kdm1a inhibitors |
Related Parent Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2017/047208 Continuation WO2018035259A1 (en) | 2016-08-16 | 2017-08-16 | Methods and processes for the preparation of kdm1a inhibitors |
US16/326,495 Continuation US11390590B2 (en) | 2016-08-16 | 2017-08-16 | Methods and processes for the preparation of KDM1A inhibitors |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20230104647A1 true US20230104647A1 (en) | 2023-04-06 |
Family
ID=61197124
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/326,495 Active 2037-11-11 US11390590B2 (en) | 2016-08-16 | 2017-08-16 | Methods and processes for the preparation of KDM1A inhibitors |
US17/807,061 Pending US20230104647A1 (en) | 2016-08-16 | 2022-06-15 | Methods and processes for the preparation of kdm1a inhibitors |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/326,495 Active 2037-11-11 US11390590B2 (en) | 2016-08-16 | 2017-08-16 | Methods and processes for the preparation of KDM1A inhibitors |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US11390590B2 (en) |
CN (1) | CN111194306B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2018035259A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11932629B2 (en) | 2018-05-11 | 2024-03-19 | Imago Biosciences, Inc. | KDM1A inhibitors for the treatment of disease |
Families Citing this family (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN105592888A (en) | 2013-08-06 | 2016-05-18 | 伊美格生物科学公司 | Kdm1a inhibitors for the treatment of disease |
JP6727216B2 (en) | 2015-02-12 | 2020-07-22 | イマーゴ バイオサイエンシーズ インコーポレイテッド | KDM1A inhibitors for the treatment of diseases |
CN111194306B (en) | 2016-08-16 | 2023-05-16 | 伊美格生物科学公司 | Methods and processes for preparing KDM1A inhibitors |
CN109704995B (en) * | 2019-01-25 | 2024-01-23 | 吉林凯莱英制药有限公司 | Serialization device for Fushan reduction reaction and serialization Fushan reduction method |
EP4221704A1 (en) * | 2020-10-01 | 2023-08-09 | Imago Biosciences Inc. | Pharmaceutical formulations for treating diseases mediated by kdm1a |
WO2022214303A1 (en) | 2021-04-08 | 2022-10-13 | Oryzon Genomics, S.A. | Combinations of lsd1 inhibitors for treating myeloid cancers |
WO2023217784A1 (en) | 2022-05-09 | 2023-11-16 | Oryzon Genomics, S.A. | Methods of treating nf1-mutant tumors using lsd1 inhibitors |
WO2023217758A1 (en) | 2022-05-09 | 2023-11-16 | Oryzon Genomics, S.A. | Methods of treating malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumor (mpnst) using lsd1 inhibitors |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20160237043A1 (en) * | 2015-02-12 | 2016-08-18 | Imago Biosciences, Inc. | Kdm1a inhibitors for the treatment of disease |
Family Cites Families (39)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP1804811A4 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2011-04-27 | Idenix Cayman Ltd | Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses, pestiviruses and hepacivirus |
AU2008219166B2 (en) | 2007-02-16 | 2013-05-16 | Amgen Inc. | Nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl ketones and their use as c-Met inhibitors |
AU2008269516B2 (en) | 2007-06-27 | 2011-11-17 | Astrazeneca Ab | Pyrazinone derivatives and their use in the treatment of lung diseases |
JP5973131B2 (en) | 2007-09-13 | 2016-08-23 | コデクシス, インコーポレイテッド | A ketoreductase polypeptide for the reduction of acetophenone |
SI2205727T1 (en) | 2007-10-01 | 2015-09-30 | Codexis, Inc. | Ketoreductase polypeptides for the production of azetidinone |
WO2010025287A2 (en) | 2008-08-27 | 2010-03-04 | Codexis, Inc. | Ketoreductase polypeptides for the production of 3-aryl-3-hydroxypropanamine from a 3-aryl-3-ketopropanamine |
EP2177502A1 (en) | 2008-10-17 | 2010-04-21 | Oryzon Genomics, S.A. | Compounds and their use |
EP2361242B1 (en) | 2008-10-17 | 2018-08-01 | Oryzon Genomics, S.A. | Oxidase inhibitors and their use |
JPWO2010143582A1 (en) | 2009-06-11 | 2012-11-22 | 公立大学法人名古屋市立大学 | Phenylcyclopropylamine derivatives and LSD1 inhibitors |
CA2812683C (en) | 2009-09-25 | 2017-10-10 | Oryzon Genomics S.A. | Lysine specific demethylase-1 inhibitors and their use |
WO2011042217A1 (en) | 2009-10-09 | 2011-04-14 | Oryzon Genomics S.A. | Substituted heteroaryl- and aryl- cyclopropylamine acetamides and their use |
CN102947265B (en) | 2010-04-19 | 2015-07-29 | 奥瑞泽恩基因组学股份有限公司 | Methionin specific demethylase-1 inhibitor and application thereof |
EP2560949B1 (en) | 2010-04-20 | 2015-12-02 | Università degli Studi di Roma "La Sapienza" | Tranylcypromine derivatives as inhibitors of histone demethylase lsd1 and/or lsd2 |
WO2012013728A1 (en) | 2010-07-29 | 2012-02-02 | Oryzon Genomics S.A. | Arylcyclopropylamine based demethylase inhibitors of lsd1 and their medical use |
US9006449B2 (en) | 2010-07-29 | 2015-04-14 | Oryzon Genomics, S.A. | Cyclopropylamine derivatives useful as LSD1 inhibitors |
US9527805B2 (en) | 2010-09-10 | 2016-12-27 | Robert A. Casero | Small molecules as epigenetic modulators of lysine-specific demethylase 1 and methods of treating disorders |
JP2013540767A (en) | 2010-10-07 | 2013-11-07 | ザ ジェイ. デヴィッド グラッドストーン インスティテューツ | Compositions and methods for modulating immunodeficiency virus transcription |
US9061966B2 (en) | 2010-10-08 | 2015-06-23 | Oryzon Genomics S.A. | Cyclopropylamine inhibitors of oxidases |
WO2012071469A2 (en) | 2010-11-23 | 2012-05-31 | Nevada Cancer Institute | Histone demethylase inhibitors and uses thereof for treatment o f cancer |
EP3981395A1 (en) | 2011-02-08 | 2022-04-13 | Oryzon Genomics, S.A. | Lysine demethylase inhibitors for myeloproliferative disorders |
WO2012107499A1 (en) | 2011-02-08 | 2012-08-16 | Oryzon Genomics S.A. | Lysine demethylase inhibitors for myeloproliferative or lymphoproliferative diseases or disorders |
MY165620A (en) | 2011-03-25 | 2018-04-18 | Glaxosmithkline Ip No 2 Ltd | Cyclopropylamines as lsd1 inhibitors |
AP2014007488A0 (en) * | 2011-08-09 | 2014-03-31 | Takeda Pharmaceutical | Cyclopropaneamine compound |
RS58475B1 (en) | 2011-10-20 | 2019-04-30 | Oryzon Genomics Sa | (hetero)aryl cyclopropylamine compounds as lsd1 inhibitors |
EP3736265A1 (en) | 2011-10-20 | 2020-11-11 | Oryzon Genomics, S.A. | (hetero)aryl cyclopropylamine compounds as lsd1 inhibitors |
JP6238908B2 (en) | 2012-11-28 | 2017-11-29 | 京都府公立大学法人 | LSD1 selective inhibitor having lysine structure |
EP2740474A1 (en) | 2012-12-05 | 2014-06-11 | Instituto Europeo di Oncologia S.r.l. | Cyclopropylamine derivatives useful as inhibitors of histone demethylases kdm1a |
WO2014164867A1 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2014-10-09 | Imago Biosciences | Kdm1a inhibitors for the treatment of disease |
EP3013424A4 (en) | 2013-06-25 | 2017-03-29 | University of Canberra | Methods and compositions for modulating cancer stem cells |
CN105592888A (en) | 2013-08-06 | 2016-05-18 | 伊美格生物科学公司 | Kdm1a inhibitors for the treatment of disease |
ES2760261T3 (en) * | 2014-02-13 | 2020-05-13 | Incyte Corp | Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors |
WO2015162064A1 (en) | 2014-04-22 | 2015-10-29 | C-Lecta Gmbh | Ketoreductases |
MX2017000179A (en) | 2014-06-27 | 2017-05-01 | Celgene Quanticel Res Inc | Inhibitors of lysine specific demethylase-1. |
US20190070172A1 (en) | 2015-11-05 | 2019-03-07 | Imago Biosciences, Inc. | Lysine-specific histone demethylase as a novel therapeutic target in myeloproliferative neoplasms |
WO2017116558A1 (en) | 2015-12-29 | 2017-07-06 | Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. | Lsd1 inhibitors |
CN109153636B (en) | 2016-05-09 | 2021-10-22 | 朱比连特埃皮科尔有限责任公司 | Cyclopropyl-amide compounds as dual LSD1/HDAC inhibitors |
US20220025424A1 (en) | 2016-08-16 | 2022-01-27 | Imago Biosciences, Inc. | Compositions and methods for producing stereoisomerically pure aminocyclopropanes |
CN111194306B (en) | 2016-08-16 | 2023-05-16 | 伊美格生物科学公司 | Methods and processes for preparing KDM1A inhibitors |
US11578059B2 (en) | 2018-05-11 | 2023-02-14 | Imago Biosciences. Inc. | KDM1A inhibitors for the treatment of disease |
-
2017
- 2017-08-16 CN CN201780059523.5A patent/CN111194306B/en active Active
- 2017-08-16 US US16/326,495 patent/US11390590B2/en active Active
- 2017-08-16 WO PCT/US2017/047208 patent/WO2018035259A1/en active Application Filing
-
2022
- 2022-06-15 US US17/807,061 patent/US20230104647A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20160237043A1 (en) * | 2015-02-12 | 2016-08-18 | Imago Biosciences, Inc. | Kdm1a inhibitors for the treatment of disease |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11932629B2 (en) | 2018-05-11 | 2024-03-19 | Imago Biosciences, Inc. | KDM1A inhibitors for the treatment of disease |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2018035259A1 (en) | 2018-02-22 |
US20210139437A1 (en) | 2021-05-13 |
CN111194306A (en) | 2020-05-22 |
US11390590B2 (en) | 2022-07-19 |
CN111194306B (en) | 2023-05-16 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11390590B2 (en) | Methods and processes for the preparation of KDM1A inhibitors | |
US20220073477A1 (en) | Kdm1a inhibitors for the treatment of disease | |
US20220235087A1 (en) | Mannose-derived antagonists of fimh useful for treating disease | |
TWI804003B (en) | Tlr7/8 antagonists and uses thereof | |
EP3030323B1 (en) | Kdm1a inhibitors for the treatment of disease | |
AU2010220204B2 (en) | Improved process | |
US9346791B2 (en) | Itraconazole analogs and use thereof | |
JP2018522012A (en) | Prepare N- (4-fluorobenzyl) -N- (1-methylpiperidin-4-yl) -N ′-(4- (2-methylpropyloxy) phenylmethyl) carbamide and its tartrate salt and polymorph Form C how to | |
US20220267311A1 (en) | Bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane inhibitors of dual leucine zipper (dlk) kinase for the treatment of disease | |
US20190106451A1 (en) | Mannose-derived antagonists of fimh useful for treating disease | |
US20210115010A1 (en) | Bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane inhibitors of dual leucine zipper (dlk) kinase for the treatment of disease | |
US10954239B2 (en) | Imidazoquinoline amine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and therapeutic methods thereof | |
US20100094021A1 (en) | Novel method of preparation of 5-chloro-3-imidazol-1-yl-[1,2,4]thiadiazole and (3-imidazol-1-yl-[1,2,4]thiadiazol-5yl)-dialkyl-amines | |
US20080293942A1 (en) | Methods of Preparing 2-Imidazol-1-Yl-4-Methyl-6-Pyrrolidin-2-Yl-Pyrimidine and 4-(1-Alkylpyrrolidin-2-Yl)-2-(1H-Imidazol-1-Yl)-6-Methylpyrimidine Derivatives | |
US8859550B2 (en) | Heterocyclic inhibitors of histamine receptors for the treatment of disease | |
US20190382396A1 (en) | Salts of bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane inhibitors of dual leucine zipper (dlk) kinase for the treatment of disease | |
AU2019222652B2 (en) | Cyclin-dependent kinase degraders and methods of use | |
US11998606B2 (en) | Compounds and methods for selective proteolysis of glucocorticoid receptors | |
US20210361773A1 (en) | Compounds and methods for selective proteolysis of glucocorticoid receptors | |
WO2008073733A1 (en) | Salts of inhibitors of histone deacetylase for the treatment of disease |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: IMAGO BIOSCIENCES, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:PHARMARON, INC.;REEL/FRAME:060609/0489 Effective date: 20190227 Owner name: IMAGO BIOSCIENCES, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:TAPPER, AMY E;CELATKA, CASSANDRA;ROMERO, ARTHUR GLENN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20190305 TO 20190311;REEL/FRAME:060609/0305 Owner name: IMAGO BIOSCIENCES, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:ALBANY MOLECULAR RESEARCH, INC.;REEL/FRAME:060609/0150 Effective date: 20190215 Owner name: ALBANY MOLECULAR RESEARCH, INC., NEW YORK Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:CHEN, JIAN-XIE;CHEN, XUEMEI;ZHAO, HE;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20190211 TO 20190308;REEL/FRAME:060609/0072 Owner name: PHARMARON, INC., CHINA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:LI, ZHIHUA;LIAO, XIAOMING;REEL/FRAME:060609/0425 Effective date: 20190225 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |